Business RadioX ®

  • Home
  • Business RadioX ® Communities
    • Southeast
      • Alabama
        • Birmingham
      • Florida
        • Orlando
        • Pensacola
        • South Florida
        • Tampa
        • Tallahassee
      • Georgia
        • Atlanta
        • Cherokee
        • Forsyth
        • Greater Perimeter
        • Gwinnett
        • North Fulton
        • North Georgia
        • Northeast Georgia
        • Rome
        • Savannah
      • Louisiana
        • New Orleans
      • North Carolina
        • Charlotte
        • Raleigh
      • Tennessee
        • Chattanooga
        • Nashville
      • Virginia
        • Richmond
    • South Central
      • Arkansas
        • Northwest Arkansas
    • Midwest
      • Illinois
        • Chicago
      • Michigan
        • Detroit
      • Minnesota
        • Minneapolis St. Paul
      • Missouri
        • St. Louis
      • Ohio
        • Cleveland
        • Columbus
        • Dayton
    • Southwest
      • Arizona
        • Phoenix
        • Tucson
        • Valley
      • Texas
        • Austin
        • Dallas
        • Houston
    • West
      • California
        • Bay Area
        • LA
        • Pasadena
      • Colorado
        • Denver
      • Hawaii
        • Oahu
  • FAQs
  • About Us
    • Our Mission
    • Our Audience
    • Why It Works
    • What People Are Saying
    • BRX in the News
  • Resources
    • BRX Pro Tips
    • B2B Marketing: The 4Rs
    • High Velocity Selling Habits
    • Why Most B2B Media Strategies Fail
    • 9 Reasons To Sponsor A Business RadioX ® Show
  • Partner With Us
  • Veteran Business RadioX ®

Decision Vision Episode 126: How Do I Choose a Manufacturer? – An Interview with Susan Dudas, My Day Screen

July 22, 2021 by John Ray

choose a manufacturer
Decision Vision
Decision Vision Episode 126: How Do I Choose a Manufacturer? - An Interview with Susan Dudas, My Day Screen
Loading
00:00 /
RSS Feed
Share
Link
Embed

Download file

My Day Screen

Decision Vision Episode 126: How Do I Choose a Manufacturer? – An Interview with Susan Dudas, My Day Screen

Inspired by her husband’s skin cancer diagnosis to create line of natural sunscreen products, Susan Dudas was confronted by the dilemma of how to choose a manufacturer for her products. Susan joined host Mike Blake to share what she’s learned from her experiences, including how to search for the right manufacturer, the types of questions to ask, managing the relationship, product liability, and much more. Decision Vision is presented by Brady Ware & Company.

Make2Give LLC dba My Day Screen

After her husband was diagnosed with skin cancer in 2018 and a search for natural, mineral sunscreen was unfulfilled, Founder Susan Dudas decided to create a mineral sunscreen brand that offers products she would want to wear daily. She launched the My Day Screen™ brand in October 2020.

My Day Screen™ offers natural, mineral sunscreen products that feel and look good on your skin. My Day Screen™ is defined by four pillars:
1. Plant-based, natural ingredients.
2. Holistic Light Protection – protection against UVA, UVB and Blue Light.
3. Eco-friendly packaging; and
4. Donation of $2 to nonprofits on every qualifying sale. My Day Screen™ products are sold online at www.mydayscreen.com and on Amazon.

Company website | Facebook | Twitter | Instagram

Susan Dudas, Founder, Make2Give, LLC

My Day Screen
Susan Dudas, Founder, Make2Give, LLC

For over 20 years, Susan Dudas has served as a business consultant to multinational companies in a variety of industries. Susan designed and facilitated organization effectiveness initiatives for her domestic and international clients. She’s also an entrepreneur, having co-founded and operated a mobility transportation company, co-founded two charter schools for low-income students, and founded the My Day Screen natural sunscreen brand.

Susan is also an avid volunteer and supporter of non-profit organizations that help foster care youth, homeless youth, and adoptive families. After her husband was diagnosed with skin cancer in 2018, and a search for natural mineral sunscreen was unfulfilled, Susan decided to create a mineral sunscreen brand that offers products she would want to wear daily. She launched the My Day Screen brand in October 2020. My Day Screen products are sold online at www.mydayscreen.com and on Amazon.

LinkedIn

Mike Blake, Brady Ware & Company

Mike Blake, Host of the “Decision Vision” podcast series

Michael Blake is the host of the Decision Vision podcast series and a Director of Brady Ware & Company. Mike specializes in the valuation of intellectual property-driven firms, such as software firms, aerospace firms, and professional services firms, most frequently in the capacity as a transaction advisor, helping clients obtain great outcomes from complex transaction opportunities. He is also a specialist in the appraisal of intellectual properties as stand-alone assets, such as software, trade secrets, and patents.

Mike has been a full-time business appraiser for 13 years with public accounting firms, boutique business appraisal firms, and an owner of his own firm. Prior to that, he spent 8 years in venture capital and investment banking, including transactions in the U.S., Israel, Russia, Ukraine, and Belarus.

LinkedIn | Facebook | Twitter | Instagram

Brady Ware & Company

Brady Ware & Company is a regional full-service accounting and advisory firm which helps businesses and entrepreneurs make visions a reality. Brady Ware services clients nationally from its offices in Alpharetta, GA; Columbus and Dayton, OH; and Richmond, IN. The firm is growth-minded, committed to the regions in which they operate, and most importantly, they make significant investments in their people and service offerings to meet the changing financial needs of those they are privileged to serve. The firm is dedicated to providing results that make a difference for its clients.

Decision Vision Podcast Series

Decision Vision is a podcast covering topics and issues facing small business owners and connecting them with solutions from leading experts. This series is presented by Brady Ware & Company. If you are a decision-maker for a small business, we’d love to hear from you. Contact us at decisionvision@bradyware.com and make sure to listen to every Thursday to the Decision Vision podcast.

Past episodes of Decision Vision can be found at decisionvisionpodcast.com. Decision Vision is produced and broadcast by the North Fulton studio of Business RadioX®.

Connect with Brady Ware & Company:

Website | LinkedIn | Facebook | Twitter | Instagram

TRANSCRIPT

Intro: [00:00:02] Welcome to Decision Vision, a podcast series focusing on critical business decisions. Brought to you by Brady Ware & Company. Brady Ware is a regional full service accounting and advisory firm that helps businesses and entrepreneurs make visions a reality.

Mike Blake: [00:00:22] Welcome to Decision Vision, a podcast giving you, the listener, clear vision to make great decisions. In each episode, we discuss the process of decision making on a different topic from the business owners’ or executives’ perspective. We aren’t necessarily telling you what to do, but we can put you in a position to make an informed decision on your own and understand when you might need help along the way.

Mike Blake: [00:00:42] My name is Mike Blake, and I’m your host for today’s program. I’m a director at Brady Ware & Company, a full service accounting firm based in Dayton, Ohio, with offices in Dayton; Columbus, Ohio; Richmond, Indiana; and Alpharetta, Georgia. Brady Ware is sponsoring this podcast, which is being recorded in Atlanta per social distancing protocols. If you like to engage with me on social media with my Chart of the Day and other content, I’m on LinkedIn as myself and @unblakeable on Facebook, Twitter, Clubhouse, and Instagram. If you like this podcast, please subscribe on your favorite podcast aggregator and please consider leaving a review of the podcast as well.

Mike Blake: [00:01:16] So, today’s topic is, How do I choose a manufacturer? And I’m particularly excited about this topic for two reasons. Number one, I’m not a manufacturing guy. I don’t know anything about it. I’m a professional services guy, and most of my clients are in the tech space. And so, I do a little bit of work with manufacturing clients, but I’m certainly not going to sit here and try to be any kind of expert in it.

Mike Blake: [00:01:43] I’m also excited because this is an experiment or, I think, more likely the start of an evolution of the program. Throughout the first 125 episodes or so, our decision content has been positioned as a binary question, should I do X? Should I fire my client? Should I sue my partner? Should I have a business partner? Should I raise angel capital? And so, forth.

Mike Blake: [00:02:14] And with this topic, we’re going in a different direction because there’s another kind of choice that we really haven’t addressed and, I think, will be helpful to the listeners that we do address that in various cases, which is not a choice to act or not act, but rather a choice that is borne out of selection. Many decisions that we have to make as business people or executives are of a nature where it’s not that we’re deciding whether to do something or not. But we’re deciding, maybe, on the right way to do something or the right path, the right advisor, the right resource, the right company, the right model. All kinds of decisions which, again, are not binary. They’re simply choices.

Mike Blake: [00:02:59] And so, today’s topic is, How do I choose a manufacturer? Which would be sort of the maiden voyage of this new kind of topic. And I hope you’ll like it as much as I think that we’re all going to find enjoyable. And joining us today is Susan Dudas, who is founder of Make2Give LLC, which does business as My Day Screen.

Mike Blake: [00:03:20] For over 20 years, Susan Dudas has served as a business consultant to multinational companies in a variety of industries. Susan designed and facilitated organization effectiveness initiatives for her domestic and international clients. She’s also an entrepreneur, having co-founded and operated a mobility transportation company, co-founded two charter schools for low income students, and founded the My Day Screen natural sunscreen brand. Susan is also an avid volunteer and supporter of non-profit organizations that help foster care youth, homeless youth, and adoptive families.

Mike Blake: [00:03:53] After her husband was diagnosed with skin cancer in 2018, and a search for natural mineral sunscreen was unfulfilled, Susan decided to create a mineral sunscreen brand that offers products she would want to wear daily. She launched the My Day Screen brand in October 2020. My Day Screen products are sold online at www.mydayscreen.com and on Amazon. Susan, welcome to the program.

Susan Dudas: [00:04:18] Great to be here, Mike. Thanks a lot for having me.

Mike Blake: [00:04:21] So, My Day Screen, was that the first time that you ever had to select a manufacturing company?

Susan Dudas: [00:04:32] Actually, it was. It was. I was in manufacturing prior to this. I’ve also been involved in education and consulting. But this was really my first venture into having to seriously select a manufacturer.

Mike Blake: [00:04:48] And how much did your background consulted with manufacturers? Did that help you a lot? Or do you find that there’s a big difference of advising on the choice, maybe advising how to work with them versus actually making the choice yourself?

Susan Dudas: [00:05:03] It really did help me in the preparation. Early on in my career, I was an H.R. Manager in a production plant. It was a clean plant, circuit board design and assembly. So, I was aware of quality. I was aware of a lot of the compliance. So, there were a lot of things that were top of mind as I was going through this process. But that was a very different process than formulating and manufacturing mineral sunscreen. So, I would say it helped in terms of framing the kinds of questions that I needed to have and what I need to be aware of. But it didn’t prepare me for the world that I was entering.

Mike Blake: [00:05:43] So, I’m always interested in kind of the language of business because every industry, I think, has, if not their own language, certainly their own dialect. If you’re somebody like me that’s used to communicating with people like accountants or attorneys, is that different? Is the way that you communicate different from communicating with, say, manufacturers?

Susan Dudas: [00:06:06] It’s same in many ways. I mean, you’re talking about deliverables with service providers, you’re talking about your goals, what you want to accomplish. You’re going to have a contract. You’re going to have service agreements. You’re going to talk about that. You’re going to talk about compliance. But it’s different in many ways because, most likely, you’re talking about a finished product. You’re talking about a tangible product. You also are able to negotiate your terms with manufacturers, which maybe not so much so with service providers, the fixed fees. So, yeah, you’re definitely having different conversations about quality, about shipping, about the product design, different conversations.

Mike Blake: [00:06:50] So, once you decided that you need to define a manufacturer for My Day Screen, what was the first step? How did you find or identify potential candidates to become your manufacturer?

Susan Dudas: [00:07:02] I love this question because it’s my natural nature to prepare, and that served me well. Because, absolutely, the first step in any advice I would give to someone, maybe on the doorstep of this process, is to prepare. Because the more that you know going into these conversations while you’re looking for manufactures, the better you’re going to be positioned. Because if you think about it, they’re going to ask you questions. So, why not have those questions prepared ahead of time? It gives you an advantage.

Susan Dudas: [00:07:35] And for instance, the very first question that I learned I had to ask myself was, do I have a design? And in my case, it was a formulation, so I didn’t have a formulation. So, if the answer is yes to that, you’re going to go down one path. If the answer is no to that, you’re going to go down maybe a couple of different paths. So, I can elaborate on that if you like me to.

Mike Blake: [00:08:00] I want to come back to that part. But what I what I like to sort of stand for the segment and clarify, you know, is finding a list of potential manufacturing candidates as simple as doing a Google search? Or are there specific places that you went to sort of look to give yourself a leg up on the search?

Susan Dudas: [00:08:22] Sure. Sure. Obviously, I did the Google search and I Thomasnet, and that got me nowhere. I mean, it gave me names. But in my particular case, mineral sunscreen is a subset of the sunscreen market. So, I was looking for specific manufacturers that manufactured mineral sunscreen, and a lot of them don’t. And a lot of beauty manufacturers don’t even get into sunscreens because it’s an over-the-counter drug.

Susan Dudas: [00:08:51] So, where I found that I got the most mileage was to look within the industry, our industry of indie beauty, within the beauty community, and there’s directories within that. I also talked to people. Now, within the beauty industry, sunscreen included, we don’t talk about who we use as manufacturers. We hold our kids close, but we hold our manufacturer’s names closer. So, we just don’t discuss this. However, you can get enough information from your peers in this peer group – and I did – that was able to open some doors and at least get me started. And along the way, I was much more fruitful to talk within the industry than to just do a general online search.

Mike Blake: [00:09:36] So, that’s interesting. I’m going to go off the script a little bit, but I think that’s a really interesting observation I would not have expected. Why do you suppose that people keep the identity of their manufacturer such a secret? For example, I wouldn’t keep my CPA a secret. I wouldn’t keep my lawyer a secret. But I guess manufacturing is a different animal. So, why do you think that that’s such important and sensitive information that people are reluctant to reveal it?

Susan Dudas: [00:10:07] Well, I can’t speak across industries. But within the beauty industry, you don’t see patented formulations. We are over-the-counter drug, FDA regulated, we have to put all of our ingredients out there. So, we publish our ingredients list and it’s required, which is a wonderful thing, that transparency is beautiful. So, that takes some of the mystique away of what’s in this. I guess, you don’t see a lot of patents within the beauty industry. They might patent a process or a function within a formulation, but you’re not going to see that. So, you don’t have those protections there around. “Oh, what are they using?” Because we publish that.

Susan Dudas: [00:10:51] So, there are protections then about who’s going to make it. Because you’re going to see a lot of similarities and formulations, so who is making it? That might change up your raw materials. That might do things a little bit different. Process might be a little different. So, that’s the way I look at it, is, we’re an open book in terms of our ingredients. So, we do protect our manufacturers because we don’t want some pirating. We don’t want someone to necessarily mimic our formulation.

Mike Blake: [00:11:24] Interesting. So, the fact that you’re in an FDA regulated sector and the fact that your value proposition is using all natural mineral products, do those two features make it more difficult for you to find a manufacturer?

Susan Dudas: [00:11:45] Absolutely. Absolutely. Yes. Because a lot of people don’t want to touch OTC, over-the-counter. There’s a variety of costs involved. There’s testing. The facilities we look for are FDA regulated. We want to get current good manufacturing process certifications with our manufacturers. So, there’s a lot of hoops to jump through for manufacturers that manufacture over-the-counter products, over-the-counter drugs, and some of the beauty products. If you’re making eyelashes, you necessarily want to go through the pain of having to get the FDA auditing and regulating you on a regular basis.

Mike Blake: [00:12:30] And, you know, the natural part is kind of intriguing, too, because in a way – I’m probably totally off on this – I almost wonder if it’s like kosher rules. I wonder if a manufacturer kind of has to have a certain outlook or a certain culture, if you will, to properly apply manufacturing processes with all natural products or inputs as opposed to another manufacturer that really just doesn’t care. “Just give me the formulation and I’ll do it.” Am I making more of that than it is? Or does it take a special kind of manufacturer, a special kind of owner, and a plant manager to do that effectively and kind of stay true to what you want to accomplish?

Susan Dudas: [00:13:16] Yes. No, I think you’re right on point, Mike. Especially when you talk about organics, because there is a certification process with organics. So, when you have naturals, you have the organics. Now, natural, there’s not a certification process for naturals, but you do want to find a manufacturer or I want to find a manufacturer that embraces that. They understand it. And maybe from the sourcing standpoint, you want that manufacturer to source those raw materials that are totally aligned with your brand and where you’re taking it, and they are natural. And I was very, very careful about that.

Mike Blake: [00:13:58] Of course, we hold the worst of the coronavirus pandemic. We’re in this trans-pandemic phase right now. I don’t know if you’re still active in maybe finding alternative manufacturers, but even if you’re not, I mean, how do you suppose that the coronavirus has changed the way we even search for manufacturers? Maybe the way the questions you ask, the due diligence. Of course, we’re all familiar with the supply chain disruptions that have been prevalent in every place, from semiconductors to porkchops, basically. Does that change, do you think, in any way the approach or at least tweak the approach in trying to find the right manufacturer?

Susan Dudas: [00:14:41] I would think that anyone that lived through COVID – in my case, I was trying to launch during COVID – I would think would have a very different perspective and more careful perspective on preparation when it comes to the manufacturing process, preparation in terms of, you mentioned, supply chains disruption. Initially when things were shutting down in March of 2020, everyone was trying to gobble up components, you know, their packaging components. It felt like almost a free for all of what can you get, when can you get it, and how can you secure it.

Susan Dudas: [00:15:24] Interestingly, we were not only competing against other beauty manufacturers, but we were competing against our own manufacturers who were completely changing their lines over to manufacture hand sanitizer, because that’s where the margins where. Everyone wanted hand sanitizer. So, obviously, not only impacted our lead times and our ability to get the attention of our manufacturer, but it also impacted the supply chain components. Trying to get bottles and pumps at a time when everyone was trying to fill bottles with hand sanitizer was a real challenge.

Susan Dudas: [00:16:06] So, you know, my take away from that is, I really can expect longer lead times. It is definitely impacting lead times. I need to be prepared. I need to keep track of my inventory. Especially in my business, because I can’t turn on the faucet tomorrow. There’s a lot of testing with over-the-counter drugs. It takes a good year – for me anyway – to bring a product to market because of all the testing involved. So, with a long lead times with the manufacturers that I think just will be there, I really sense will continue to be there post-COVID, that you have to really be more careful with your planning.

Mike Blake: [00:16:50] And I haven’t thought about what you just described, that all up and down the supply chain you’d be fighting not just for the resources for the manufactured product, but the packaging as well. In your case, the dispensing packaging. Did you have any recourse? I mean, do manufacturers make any commitment they’re going to allocate X amount of production with you? Or do they have more or less complete power in terms of where you are in the queue?

Susan Dudas: [00:17:19] I think it’s also where you fit in the food chain, right? As a small indie startup, they have MOQs, Minimum Order Quantities. And as a startup, my quantities are going to be small relative to their larger customers that can keep their lines going for a long time. So, it depends on where you are in, like I say, the food chain as to how much negotiating power you have. I realized that having heated conversations about lead times were getting me nowhere. Because I suspect that every time they picked up the phone, they were having those very similar conversations with their other customers.

Susan Dudas: [00:18:01] And manufacturers were at low capacity. At some point, they were below 50 percent in terms of their ability to operate. So, it wasn’t just their lines. They were cleaning all the time. In particular clean industries that are going to be shut down for cleaning. They have protocols they had to have in place. And to your earlier point, I think some of those protocols will continue on because of just good manufacturing practices. But, yeah, it was definitely more challenging, and I think those things will continue on. And I realized that as a small startup, I didn’t have a lot of leverage.

Mike Blake: [00:18:45] So, you and I were having a conversation yesterday in preparing for this one, in which I learned a lot just having a preliminary. And one of the things that came up that I’d love you to talk about a little bit is, the role of the manufacturer often is not, I guess, just, “Hey, make me some stuff.” They provide other services. Many of them, it sounds like, provide many other services to help move the product from idea into production. And can you talk about what some of those are and how you’ve availed yourself of some of those support services?

Susan Dudas: [00:19:25] Sure. The first question, I need to ask myself and anyone, again, about ready to embark upon this journey is, do you have a design? Now, that’s critical. So, that’s going to determine which direction you go. If you already have a design, then you’re going to look for a contract manufacturer. If you don’t have a design, then you have some questions to ask yourself. Do I want a custom design? Do I want my manufacturer to do some R&D, create my design, a custom design, and make it? Or is it so special that you need to find a specialist to create your design or formulation and then come back to manufacture and have them make it?

Susan Dudas: [00:20:06] Or are you such that you just want to get your product to market, you’ve got a phenomenal marketing distribution strategy and you’ll do private label? Meaning, I don’t need to own this design. I just need you to make it. Pull some stock design off the shelf, make it for me. I’ll put my fabulous label or packaging on it and away I go.

Susan Dudas: [00:20:33] So, upfront, the design question and the ownership, which is closely coupled to that, is really, really critical. It was critical for me. I wanted custom formulation and I went through that process. So, I found a great manufacturer that had a phenomenal R&D team and we worked together to create some great products.

Mike Blake: [00:21:03] Now, since you’re an Amazon seller and my wife is an Amazon seller. She’s been on the program before, I think it was episode 49. And one of the things that is always on your mind, especially with Amazon, I think, is product liability. And I understand from my conversations with Cordelia, anything that’s FDA regulated, Amazon, some justification watches like a hawk, and they have low to zero tolerance policies for mess ups. And, again, one of the things you and I were talking about that I haven’t thought about before was handling liability. If a product is bad and then gets released into the wild and then hurts the customer, it’s going to move back up the supply chain or somebody else has to take responsibility.

Mike Blake: [00:21:53] And the question I’d like to ask you is, if something goes wrong, is it going to be somebody like you that’s actually ultimately paying the manufacturer? Or does the manufacturer have responsibility, where if they do something wrong that they’re the ones that pay the price as opposed to you, or is it shared, or some entirely different kind of model?

Susan Dudas: [00:22:14] So, I do want to look for shared responsibility. And I have walked away from contracts. As we discussed yesterday and prepped for this show, I have walked away from manufacturers that were not willing to look at a shared responsibility. And those things that they control, I believe they should have responsibility for. If they use the wrong ingredients or they use the wrong processes, and they’re out of compliance, there needs to be some liability capability and a risk falls on that. If I take ownership of the product and I mishandle it, placed it in conditions that are going to affect its effectiveness, then I should have a liability.

Susan Dudas: [00:23:00] So, I look for shared responsibility and I’m willing to spend the money for attorneys to make sure that we get that right. And as I said, I walked away from very much one sided risk contracts, where the burden is on me and not on that manufacturer. It was so important, because something is going to happen. There’s going to be some type of claim. It’s going to happen. So, you really need to negotiate that upfront before you become a partner or married to a manufacturer.

Mike Blake: [00:23:40] So, at the start of our conversation, you emphasized pretty heavily the need to be prepared. What does that look like? How do you prepare for a conversation with a manufacturer, particularly for the first one?

Susan Dudas: [00:23:53] Right. Yeah. I think it’s easy as anticipating what you think they’re going to ask you. So, they’re going to ask you, do you have the design? I went over that. They’re going to ask you what capabilities does this design require? You need to know that. Do you need extruding? Do you need molding? Do you need clean manufacturing for printed circuit board design or if you’re manufacturing food. Is it stamping? Is it an assembly line? Is it batch? So, you need to know that, what those capabilities are that are required. And then, you need to know what else you want them to do for you.

Susan Dudas: [00:24:37] One of your questions before, they do an array. Many manufacturers can offer an array of functions, filling, labeling, packaging, testing if required. Some of them do fulfillment. Some will do a full turnkey. I mean, they’ll offer marketing services and design your packaging for you. I’m not sure I’d recommend that. You’re not their core business. So, knowing what you need from the manufacturer is really key.

Susan Dudas: [00:25:12] A couple of things that are really important, know what your costs are, what are your target costs. Go into that conversation knowing what’s your retail costs, what margins you need to get, and then you’re talking to them about that per unit target cost. That’s going to weed out some manufacturers right there. Quantities, your MOQs, that’s going to weed out some manufacturers. If you’re a startup and their MOQ is, maybe, 100,000 and you’re like, “No. I can’t order 100,000 for my initial order.” Well then, you need to walk somewhere else.

Susan Dudas: [00:25:45] And then, of course, you want to know about lead times. Given your particular design, your product, how long is it going to take, not only for that first order, but how long is it going to take for successive orders so that you can plan for your inventory so that you’re not out of stock at a very important critical time, maybe in the year, the selling cycle. And then, the contract, knowing what you need to have in a contract, is it ownership, is it liability? The compliance.

Mike Blake: [00:26:16] That’s good. So, let’s say we’ve identified some manufacturers. We’ve done our homework. Who do you contact? Is it a plant manager? Is it the owner? What’s the title of the job function? The person you need to talk to that can have that conversation and represent the manufacturer to you so that you don’t have to have the same conversation three or four times?

Susan Dudas: [00:26:43] I think it depends on the size of the manufacturer. My experience has been sales reps, account managers typically are your initial contact. That’s typically who you’re going to have that rapport with. Most manufacturers in the sides I’ve dealt with have had that function within the organization. So, you’re dealing with a sales organization, an account manager function. But I wouldn’t stop there as you move through. That’s going to be your initial.

Susan Dudas: [00:27:12] But as you move through the relationship, and you’re vetting, and you’re narrowing down your list, you really want to start having additional conversations up the hierarchy. And here’s why, as I mentioned before, you’re going to have problems. You’re going to run into problems, whether they’re external problems or internal manufacturing problems. And you really don’t want that first conversation that you’re having the escalated conversation. You don’t really want that first conversation with that director of engineering or director of operations to be a heated discussion. You want to have some relationship points in the bank so that if you’re negotiating with them, it’s not your first time discussion.

Mike Blake: [00:28:06] So, as you then move into that process, what are you looking for from, I guess, how the manufacturer’s present themselves? How are you vetting them then to make sure that they can do what they say that they can do?

Susan Dudas: [00:28:23] I use a spreadsheet, so I list my options along the left hand side and I list my criterion across the top and I just start keeping track, whether it’s a rating number or check mark – I’ve done both. But I keep my spreadsheet. And as I talk to manufacture and move through the process, I’m seeing how many checks I have or how their score is. That’s how I really vet and move through. And, obviously, you can prioritize those. If their costs are too high, off the list. Or if they’re quantities are the threshold, quantities are too high, off the list. So, I think it’s keeping that spreadsheet, continuing those conversations. As I said, the contract that was key for me. I actually vetted down to a few on a couple of occasions. And I was surprised and saddened that I had to remove them from the list.

Mike Blake: [00:29:28] Do you ever have an opportunity to talk to some of the manufacturers or other customers, get kind of a testimony or review?

Susan Dudas: [00:29:36] I have not. Not in my industry. We just don’t really talk about the manufacturers. Maybe I’m in the wrong circles. Maybe I got to get in better circles. But, no. In terms of references, I have. But that’s very, very, very few because they keep their customers very, very close. In fact, very rarely would they release a customer name. Maybe at a trade show or something, I might have a little bit of exposure to that. But, typically, it’s a good manufacturer that does not release their customers names. They’re very careful about that.

Mike Blake: [00:30:21] And in your process, did you make any site visits? Did you actually go there and walk the floor?

Susan Dudas: [00:30:26] Absolutely. Absolutely. That’s a key criterion for me. And I’ve done it twice. Typically two visits for the ones that I’m seriously considering. Two visits, because the first visit your eyes are wide open. It’s a good exchange. They’re on their best behavior. After that, you’re going to have a lot of questions. As you go back and you get those questions answered, you definitely see things differently, hopefully not too differently, but it’s a deeper dive that second time. I would clearly recommend that.

Mike Blake: [00:31:06] And when you walk the floor, I’m curious, what are some of the things that you’re looking for?

Susan Dudas: [00:31:11] Well, I’m looking for quality. I’m asking about maintenance of their equipment, asking about their testing procedures. I love seeing their testing room. Sometimes they leave you out of there if they have anything that’s proprietary going on. But, typically they don’t. Their customers names are not visible. But I love going into their labs and their testing facilities to see that I’m looking for safety. Safety, not only employee safety precautions, but product safety, people wearing nets, their shoes covered, what kind of environment does that look like. So, eyes wide open. And am I being introduced to different people in the different organizations, touch points that I would have if I was a customer of them.

Mike Blake: [00:32:08] Now, over the course of your selection process, did you find yourself developing a relationship with the manufacturers management? A chance to really talk with them and see how much they really seemed to care about you or your idea? Did that ever factor into your decision or no?

Susan Dudas: [00:32:30] Yes, it did. It was important for me to meet the R&D manager because we were looking at custom manufacturing. I wasn’t pulling a stock formulation off the shelf. I wanted something custom. I wanted to be right there. I wanted to show them samples of what I was looking for. And I wanted them to see it. I wanted them to try it. I want to touch it, put it on, tell them what I liked about it and didn’t. That was the R&D director – that was really important – because he was overseeing the customization, the formulation process. So, that was critical.

Susan Dudas: [00:33:07] I did not meet and I have a regret that I didn’t meet the sales executive, the sales director. Because we had had some conversations during COVID that were not always pleasant with lead times and such. And this is something I would recommend to your audience, as I mentioned before, you really don’t want that first conversation to be that heated conversation. So, the extent that on your visits or even post-visit that you can make contact with the head of sales or head of account management, other leaders, I would recommend that build some rapport, it could be helpful in your negotiations.

Mike Blake: [00:33:51] So, in your particular search, how long did it take you to find a manufacturer from the time you said, “Hey, I need to find a manufacturer,” to the time when you said, “Okay. I’ve got one, and they’re going to be my primary source.”

Susan Dudas: [00:34:05] About six months.

Mike Blake: [00:34:07] And do you think that’s typical? Do you think that it takes most people that amount of time in your experience?

Susan Dudas: [00:34:13] I think the question, it depends. I hate to say that, but it really does depend on the complexity of your product. It depends on the industry that you’re in. It depends on the amount of labor you put into the search. If you still got your day job and you can only do this at certain hours, it might prolong your search. But I think that’s probably a good standard. And, also, it depends if you’re going to private label, just pull a stock item off the shelf or design off the shelf and you’re going to label that yourself. That’s going to be a rather quick process. Most of that time is going to be around, you know, getting your packaging ready and making sure that your contract is in place.

Mike Blake: [00:35:01] And in your search, how many manufacturers did you talk to before finally settling on one?

Susan Dudas: [00:35:07] Oh, wow. At least 20.

Mike Blake: [00:35:10] Really, 20?

Susan Dudas: [00:35:11] Oh, my gosh, yes. At least 20.

Mike Blake: [00:35:14] Yes. And I assume just calling them up or emailing them and having your initial conversations. I’m sure you didn’t visit all 20. Your probably narrowed —

Susan Dudas: [00:35:23] No, I did not. That first call, because I knew what to ask, “Do you manufacture mineral sunscreen?” “Sorry. We don’t do over-the-counter drugs.” Or, “No. We don’t do mineral. We’ll do chemical,” which is very different. So, I was able to eliminate maybe 40 percent just with those first two questions. And then, after that, we get into the MOQs and locations and lead times. And in my industry, the demand is greater than the supply of manufactures. So, there’s long lead times.

Mike Blake: [00:36:08] We’re talking with Susan Dudas, founder of Make2Give LLC, which is also known as My Day Screen. And the topic is, How do I choose a manufacturer? So, I’m curious also, did you only consider domestic manufacturers or were you inclined to explore, perhaps, foreign manufacturing?

Susan Dudas: [00:36:28] Yeah. I love that question. I was only looking for domestic, not only the made in America, but just very practical. I mean, that was primarily why I wanted the products made in America. But, also, I think about the time zone, that was very much a consideration for me. As well as you think you take possession of product, you’ve got the whole shipping. Do they store it then? Or do they bring it back here then I have to find storage over here? It was actually something I didn’t put a lot of thought into international, but I’m aware that there would be a lot of considerations if you’re considering that. Fortunately, I was able to find a great manufacturer that we could arrive on a lot of the terms within the contract, and have had great success with them.

Mike Blake: [00:37:21] So, do you have or have you given thought to having backup manufacturers in case the first one, for whatever reason, isn’t able to fulfill an order, you get shoved to the back of the queue because you’re the small fry in the pile? Have you thought about or maybe do you even have a backup manufacturer? And if so, how many do you have? And what do those agreements look like?

Susan Dudas: [00:37:46] Right. I would say, just in general, that’s really wonderful. That’s where the spreadsheet helps out as you’re narrowing down your choices. You’re looking at those that meet most of your criteria that could be considered a backup. I think that’s critically important because you don’t want to be caught with not having inventory. Or if they have a problem, maybe they’ve got some compliance issues that come up. That wasn’t my case. But, you know, if they have some audit issues or something comes up, you need a backup. You really don’t want to keep your customers hanging or your employees hanging as well.

Susan Dudas: [00:38:28] So, in my case, in my situation, I am looking for another manufacturer for a very specific process and product, because my current manufacturer does not use that particular process. And I don’t have a good sense from the industry state on this, but you’re not going to find a manufacturer necessarily that’s going to be able to do all of your line, the current and future line. There might be some processes that they’re not able to do. So, that’s the situation and so I am looking for another manufacturer. And it is very, very challenging. Quite honestly, I think it’s because of the demand and supply. It’s hard to get their attention, hard to get them to reply back on the phone. So, it is a challenge.

Mike Blake: [00:39:21] And, you know, finding the first manufacturer is hard enough. I’m guessing the second manufacturer where you’re basically saying, “Hey, I basically just need you on standby, but I’m not necessarily sending you a lot of business right now.” Not as exciting a conversation from their perspective, if we’re honest about it.

Susan Dudas: [00:39:38] That’s very true. Very true. Or this other product that I want to manufacture, maybe, it’s not going to have the yield, the volume, that would be exciting. So, absolutely to your point, yes.

Mike Blake: [00:39:54] Susan, this has been a great conversation. I want to be respectful of your time and we’re running out of time. If there’s somebody in our audience that wants to ask you a question that we didn’t discuss, somebody who wants to go deeper into something that we did, would you be willing to kind of take their question? And if so, what’s the best way for them to contact you?

Susan Dudas: [00:40:16] Oh, I’d absolutely love to help. Anybody that’s been through this journey knows it’s not an easy one. So, I’d like to make it easier for someone else. I can be reached at dudas, D-U-D-A-S, @mydayscreen, S-C-R-E-E-N, .com. That’s dudas@mydayscreen.com.

Mike Blake: [00:40:38] Well, thank you, Susan.

Susan Dudas: [00:40:39] Thank you, Mike.

Mike Blake: [00:40:39] That’s going to wrap it up for this program. I’d like to thank Susan Dudas so much for sharing her expertise with us.

Mike Blake: [00:40:45] We’ll be exploring a new topic each week, so please tune in so that when you’re faced with your next business decision, you have clear vision when making it. If you enjoy these podcasts, please consider leaving a review with your favorite podcast aggregator. It helps people find us that we can help them. If you like to engage with me on social media with my Chart of the Day and other content, I’m on LinkedIn as myself and @unblakeable on Facebook, Twitter, Clubhouse, and Instagram. Once again, this is Mike Blake. Our sponsor is Brady Ware & Company. And this has been the Decision Vision podcast.

 

Tagged With: Brady Ware & Company, choose a manufacturer, contract manufacturing, Decision Vision podcast, Make2Give, Manufacturing, Mike Blake, My Day Screen, outsourced manufacturing, Susan Dudas

Decision Vision Episode 125:  Should I Take Over the Family Business? – An Interview with Dan Erling, Accountants One, Inc.

July 16, 2021 by John Ray

Accountants One
Decision Vision
Decision Vision Episode 125:  Should I Take Over the Family Business? - An Interview with Dan Erling, Accountants One, Inc.
Loading
00:00 /
RSS Feed
Share
Link
Embed

Download file

Accountants One

Decision Vision Episode 125:  Should I Take Over the Family Business? – An Interview with Dan Erling, Accountants One, Inc.

Dan Erling became CEO of Accountants One suddenly when his father died in 2010. As the sales director, Dan was embedded in the business but without a plan to take over. He and host Mike Blake chart the course of Accountants One from that point, and Dan shares his insights on what it takes to inherit a business, lucky breaks, things he would have done differently, how the business eventually flourished, and much more. Decision Vision is presented by Brady Ware & Company.

Accountants One, Inc.

Accountants One is a full-service accounting and finance recruiting firm specializing in direct hire and contract placements.Accountants One

Since 1973, they have been recognized as industry experts who align as trusted staffing partners with the organizations we serve. Their relationship-driven focus consistently leads to the highest rate of placement success in the industry. Headquartered in Atlanta, Georgia, Accountants One has the infrastructure in place to serve clients across the Southeast.

The CEO of Accountants One, Dan Erling, wrote the book on hiring – literally.  The book is called MATCH: A Systematic, Sane Process for Hiring the Right Person Every Time. The book details uniqueness of our approach.

Key points include:
Recognizing that a great hire is 75% culture fit, 25% skill fit. What this means for you: they get to know you and the unique culture of your company. They find candidates who not only have the right skills, they are also the right fit for your department and company.

Finding the right person requires a coordinated project management team. What this means for you: evaluating stacks of resumes, interviewing candidates, testing them, checking references, preparing them, following up – they utilize an entire team to work on your job order.

Understanding that mis-hire can cost a company up to 15 times their salary. What this means for you: they’re objective. They get to know you, and they know their candidates. They’ve interviewed thousands of people. They’re not fooled by someone who is great at interviewing but doesn’t have what it takes to work for your company. They have the highest success rate in the industry for a reason: they have the tools to match candidates with clients.

Working a consistent, proven process ensures success. What this means for you: the right process allows them to move forward methodically and ensures that all the angles are covered, so by the time the candidate gets to you, there are no surprises. No one ‘slips through the cracks.’

Developing meaningful long-term relationships with both clients and candidates makes the difference. What this means for you: They invest in getting to know you so that they can understand the intangibles – those qualities that go beyond an email or job write-up. They are your partner. They are with you for the long haul.  They develop the same deep relationships with our candidates; they have access to excellent people who work with them exclusively and confidentially on their job search.

Company website | LinkedIn | MATCH

Dan Erling, President, Accountants One

Dan Erling is the President of Accountants One. He is in the Georgia Association of Personnel Services (GAPS) Million Dollar Hall of Fame and was recognized as one of Atlanta’s Up and Comers by the Atlanta Business Chronicle. Under Dan’s leadership, Accountants One was named one of Atlanta’s Best Places to Work. Dan is the creator of the Search for the South’s Funniest Accountant. This combination fundraiser/stereotype debunker has become an annual favorite in the accounting community – consistently bringing in over 800 people to cheer for Funny Accountants. Through the Search Accountants One has helped raise over a quarter of a million dollars for Junior Achievement of Georgia.

He earned a Bachelor of Science in Mathematics from Georgia State University and his Masters from Emory University. Before joining Accountants One, Dan was an inner-city math teacher for 8 years. In 1996, he was named the Academic Achievement Incentive Teacher of the Year for Middle Schools. In 1998, Dan had the opportunity to join his father, Bert Erling, at Accountants One. This followed several summers of working as an IT Project Manager for the firm. While Dan unexpectedly lost his dad on May 2, 2010, he considered the opportunity to work with his dad as one of the highlights of his life.

Dan’s wife, Michelle, is an art educator and painter (she painted the two pieces that hang in the lobby of the main office). He has two sons that he is very proud of. Dan’s personal interests include abstract art and music. While dedicated to working a recruiting desk, Dan spends a great deal of time consulting with companies on Hiring Best Practices. The result of this work led to his book: MATCH, A Systematic, Sane Process for Hiring the Right Person Every Time. The book was published in December 2010 by Wiley Publishing and is available wherever books and ebooks are sold. You can learn more about Dan’s philosophy of hiring as well as read his blog by visiting www.danerling.com.

Dan is on the board of Junior Achievement of Georgia. Through this non-profit, he is able to be part of making a difference in the lives of children. Something that remains incredibly important to him. Dan is also on the board of the Georgia State Panther Athletic Committee. As a Georgia State University alum, he is incredibly proud of what is going on with Panther Sports. The impact of the sports community on the downtown area also inspires him. The opportunity to serve people and bring value in an authentic way continues to motivate and inspire Dan every day. He truly loves his job.

LinkedIn

Mike Blake, Brady Ware & Company

Mike Blake, Host of the “Decision Vision” podcast series

Michael Blake is the host of the Decision Vision podcast series and a Director of Brady Ware & Company. Mike specializes in the valuation of intellectual property-driven firms, such as software firms, aerospace firms, and professional services firms, most frequently in the capacity as a transaction advisor, helping clients obtain great outcomes from complex transaction opportunities. He is also a specialist in the appraisal of intellectual properties as stand-alone assets, such as software, trade secrets, and patents.

Mike has been a full-time business appraiser for 13 years with public accounting firms, boutique business appraisal firms, and an owner of his own firm. Prior to that, he spent 8 years in venture capital and investment banking, including transactions in the U.S., Israel, Russia, Ukraine, and Belarus.

LinkedIn | Facebook | Twitter | Instagram

Brady Ware & Company

Brady Ware & Company is a regional full-service accounting and advisory firm which helps businesses and entrepreneurs make visions a reality. Brady Ware services clients nationally from its offices in Alpharetta, GA; Columbus and Dayton, OH; and Richmond, IN. The firm is growth-minded, committed to the regions in which they operate, and most importantly, they make significant investments in their people and service offerings to meet the changing financial needs of those they are privileged to serve. The firm is dedicated to providing results that make a difference for its clients.

Decision Vision Podcast Series

Decision Vision is a podcast covering topics and issues facing small business owners and connecting them with solutions from leading experts. This series is presented by Brady Ware & Company. If you are a decision-maker for a small business, we’d love to hear from you. Contact us at decisionvision@bradyware.com and make sure to listen to every Thursday to the Decision Vision podcast.

Past episodes of Decision Vision can be found at decisionvisionpodcast.com. Decision Vision is produced and broadcast by the North Fulton studio of Business RadioX®.

Connect with Brady Ware & Company:

Website | LinkedIn | Facebook | Twitter | Instagram

TRANSCRIPT

Intro: [00:00:01] Welcome to Decision Vision, a podcast series focusing on critical business decisions. Brought to you by Brady Ware & Company. Brady Ware is a regional full service accounting and advisory firm that helps businesses and entrepreneurs make visions a reality.

Mike Blake: [00:00:21] Welcome to Decision Vision, a podcast giving you, the listener, clear vision to make great decisions. In each episode, we discuss the process of decision making on a different topic from the business owners’ or executives’ perspective. We aren’t necessarily telling you what to do, but we can put you in a position to make an informed decision on your own and understand when you might need help along the way.

Mike Blake: [00:00:42] My name is Mike Blake and I’m your host for today’s program. I’m a director at Brady Ware & Company, a full service accounting firm based in Dayton, Ohio, with offices in Dayton; Columbus, Ohio; Richmond, Indiana; and Alpharetta, Georgia. Brady Ware is sponsoring this podcast, which is being recorded in Atlanta per social distancing protocols. If you would like to engage with me in social media with my Chart of the Day and other content, I’m on LinkedIn as myself and @unblakeable on Facebook, Twitter, Clubhouse, and Instagram. If you like this podcast, please subscribe on your favorite podcast aggregator and please consider leaving a review of the podcast as well.

Mike Blake: [00:01:18] So, today’s topic is, Should I take over the family business? And before I get into this, I apologize for publishing this a day later than we normally do. Just some, frankly, scheduling difficulties. Now, that everybody is allowed to go back on vacation, I took for granted the fact that people basically had nothing better to do – literally, nothing better to do than to come on my podcast. And I got into a habit of not being aggressive enough in scheduling. And so, this is coming out a day later than we normally do. I would normally just blame it on technical difficulties, but I’m just going to own it and say I got into some bad habits. But this should be the only one that gets published late. It’s only a day late, so I’m sure everybody survived.

Mike Blake: [00:02:02] But today’s topic is, Should I take over the family business? And, you know, this topic is kind of interesting from a timing standpoint. About 15 years ago, we read all over the place that there was going to be a massive wave of baby boomers handing off their businesses to Generation X and – gasp – millennials. And we thought for sure that that was going to happen. And everybody said business brokers, M&A people, investment bankers, they’re going to make a killing. Business appraisers – like myself – are going to make a killing. There was going to be this massive transfer of wealth.

Mike Blake: [00:02:45] And kind of something interesting happened was really that nothing happened. I mean, it’s still happening on an ad hoc basis. But this wave of businesses that are being transferred just really has not happened 15 years later. And I think that’s happening for a lot of reasons. I think it’s happening, one, because people had a lot of ground to make up after the wealth they lost in the ’08, ’09 recession. And I think the other thing that’s happened is because healthcare and nutrition have become so good, is that a lot of people, frankly, have a lot of juice, they have a lot of gas left in the tank at age 65. And they don’t necessarily want to go off into the sunset unless their health just starts to prevent it.

Mike Blake: [00:03:33] But the reality is – and I’m a big advocate for this – you know, this notion of retiring at 65, if you want to do it, can do it, great. But our healthcare technology and nutrition is able to keep people viable for much longer. And that’s happening with businesses. And so, the transfer of a business from one generation to another, I think, is still a very special event and it’s an important event. It’s an important event because, you know, companies that are multigenerational, they’re hard to come by because they’re hard to do. And the track record of multigenerational businesses, frankly, is not all that awesome.

Mike Blake: [00:04:17] There’s a term called shirtsleeves to shirtsleeves, that wealth that’s transferred in generation one is 90 percent gone on average by generation three. And so, the numbers are really stacked against generational wealth really being successful. And that’s why when I see a scenario under which generational transfer is somewhat successful, I think that’s something to be highlighted because there are probably lessons that we can learn from it.

Mike Blake: [00:04:49] And joining us today is a friend of mine who I’ve known a lot of years before he took over his company, actually, is Dan Erling of Accountants One, which is a full service accounting and finance recruiting firm specializing in direct hiring and contract placements. Since 1973, they have been recognized as industry experts who aligns trust and staffing partners with the organizations they serve. Their relationship driven focus consistently leads to the highest rate of placement success in the industry.

Mike Blake: [00:05:21] Headquartered in Atlanta, Georgia, Accountants One has the infrastructure in place to serve clients across the southeast. Dan Erling is the President of Accountants One. He is the Georgia Association of Personnel Services Million Dollar Hall of Fame, and was recognized as one of Atlanta’s Up and Comers by the Atlanta Business Chronicle. Under Dan’s leadership, Accountants One was named one of Atlanta’s best places to work.

Mike Blake: [00:05:44] And I can see that. The things I observe him doing with his company are so fascinating, and groundbreaking, and authentic. I’m not surprised. In fact, I steal a lot of his ideas.

Mike Blake: [00:05:56] Dan is the creator for the Search for the Souths Funniest Accountant. This combination fundraiser stereotype debunker has become an annual favorite in the accounting community, consistently bringing in over 800 people to cheer for funny accountants. So, the Search for Accountants One has helped raise over a-quarter-of-a-million dollars for junior achievement of Georgia.

Mike Blake: [00:06:16] I’ve got to do that one year. I’m not technically an accountant, but I’m sort of accounting adjacent. And the funny thing is, by the way, for those of you who are listening, you think accountants to be funny. Well, Bob Newhart started as an accountant, actually. He was a CPA before he moved over into that. Bob Newhart, even today, is still a laugh. I mean, when he’s on the Big Bang Theory, I sit up and take notice.

Mike Blake: [00:06:37] Dan wrote the book on hiring, literally. The book is called Match: A Systematic, Sane Process for Hiring the Right Person Every Time. The book details the uniqueness of their approach. And, finally, Dan is a member with me of the Swedish American Chamber of Commerce. I think he’s a Swedish descent. I am not. I’m just an interloper, but I like meatballs. Dan, welcome to the program.

Dan Erling: [00:06:58] Oh, my gosh. Thank you so much. What an honor to be here today. I feel very, very lucky to be talking with one of Atlanta’s cultural icons, the legend, Mike Blake.

Mike Blake: [00:07:15] Well, we’ll change your mind halfway through the podcast.

Dan Erling: [00:07:17] All right. You got it.

Mike Blake: [00:07:17] But I don’t think you’re too much of a flight risk. So, Accountants One was founded in 1973. I didn’t realize it was that old. Tell me the origin story. What’s the lore of the history of Accountants One?

Dan Erling: [00:07:33] All right. Quick story, my dad’s a jazz musician. He has me, he says, “Boy, I need to do something where I can make money.” And so, he becomes an accountant. Rides up the org chart, really works for mostly the same company as he went from senior accountant to regional controller. And then, said, “You know, I really am an entrepreneur at heart. I am that jazz musician.” So, when I was in high school, he bought a two person bookkeeping search firm, started doing controller searches, and ran it for years. So, there’s your origin story of Accountants One.

Mike Blake: [00:08:22] And I forgot that your father was a jazz musician. I can see that. Typically jazz musician is not the fast way to wealth. What did he play? Was it saxophone?

Dan Erling: [00:08:34] No. His stand up bass. He was a bass player.

Mike Blake: [00:08:36] Stand up bass, okay. The upright bass. Yeah. And bass players don’t make a lot in any event.

Dan Erling: [00:08:42] Oh. No. No.

Mike Blake: [00:08:43] Unless you’re Getty Lee of Rush. That’s pretty much the only one I think so.

Dan Erling: [00:08:48] That’s a good one. Sure.

Mike Blake: [00:08:48] When did you start to work in the business?

Dan Erling: [00:08:50] All right. So, in my previous life, I’ve had two jobs. I was an inner city math teacher. I was the middle school teacher of the year at APS, and loved the kids, loved that experience. I was there for eight years. But along the way, I recognized that I belonged in an entrepreneurial world, and was working summers with my dad at the three person recruiting staffing firm.

Dan Erling: [00:09:24] And one summer, when I knew it was starting to become time where I went out and established myself, I went to him and said, “Hey, Dad. You know, I’d like to join you. Can I come to Accountants One next year after I finish this group of children I had promised that I would come back?” And he said, “Yeah. But there’ll be no nepotism here.”

Dan Erling: [00:09:49] And so, in 1998 with a two year old and a four year old, I joined Accountants One. And I’ve been here ever since. It’s been a great experience. And I quickly became our top sales guy. And, now, I’m very lucky that I’m the CEO.

Mike Blake: [00:10:13] I’m fascinated by the transition. I can see why you’d be a teacher who would resonate with kids and, of course, that explains your junior achievement.

Dan Erling: [00:10:21] Yes. Oh, absolutely. I still want to give back, especially we’ve created a fund or a nonprofit to serve inner city youth. Yes.

Mike Blake: [00:10:32] I mean, that’s a big change, from APS into accounting and recruiting firm. What was it that you saw from outside and said, “You know what? I want to do that. I want to drop what I’m doing,” that clearly had a lot of meaning for you. You’re clearly very dedicated, I can tell by your voice. I just don’t know how you’re wired. What did you see from afar that made you want to get involved in that?

Dan Erling: [00:11:01] I’ve never looked at sales as trying to control people. I don’t like the manipulative aspect of sales. But I did think, “You know, if I can sell inner city kids on math and coming in here and being excited about doing math and that’s fulfilling, what can I do from a sales standpoint in terms of bringing value to people as they change jobs?” And so, it was that sales aspect and the best use of sales in terms of motivating people and helping them to achieve more and bringing true value that motivated me.

Mike Blake: [00:11:53] So, I’m going to go off the script here because I think that’s so fascinating. I speculate – and you tell me if I’m wrong – I think when you’re going to teach math to kids in APS, unless they’re unusually motivated, I mean, isn’t there a sales job in there somewhere, too, to get them engaged and get one to do the work and do hard things and grow nerve endings?

Dan Erling: [00:12:16] Yeah. Oh, this job is a lot easier than the job at APS. I mean, selling math to inner city kids, that’s a lifetime achievement. And I really, really respect teachers and always want to give back, because trying to make that happen is not only so important for our society, but it’s also so difficult and hard to do on a day to day basis. So, bless those teachers that do it. I only did it for eight years.

Mike Blake: [00:12:50] Now, most people I know who do what you do, that is recruiting and accounting, have an accounting background, I think, anyway. Is that accurate? And if so, was it hard for you to kind of get in and learn the vocabulary? Or maybe being an outsider made it easy? I don’t know. You tell me.

Dan Erling: [00:13:08] So, we’re about half and half. We’ve got Big Four CPAs on the team and we’ve got people who really never did accounting or finance. But in my case, I grew up with it, listening to my dad, understanding what he did. And, you know, if you do this long enough – I mean, you do not want me to do your books, but we probably can have a pretty deep conversation about mergers and acquisitions, and we play CFOs all the time – you learn about how it all fits together, even though you’re probably not an expert in doing.

Mike Blake: [00:13:52] So, how long did you work in the business until you started to have thoughts of, “You know what? I’d like to make a go of this when it’s my dad’s time to hang them up and move on?”

Dan Erling: [00:14:05] All right. So, I thought a lot about this interview, and I decided that if people were going to get value out of this, I needed to come clean and to tell the real story. So, I hope that I don’t later on regret anything that I’m about to say. Because if I can be of help to anybody that’s listening to this, I would be delighted.

Dan Erling: [00:14:34] So, the answer to your question as to how did I make that decision was, I absolutely did not. And if I can help anybody to be prepared for that decision, then I would feel great. And I’d be delighted to talk to anybody who’s in this space. So, in 2010, I became the CEO for the worst reason, and that is that my dad passed away. I mean, he was mowing the grass, he had a heart attack, and the paramedic said he was dead in 30 seconds.

Dan Erling: [00:15:12] So, I went from sales manager to CEO in a day. With, we had just landed a major, major account, which had a hundred contractors. And my dad was working with a bank on how to figure that out. And this is 2010, which, things were upside down economically, we just had a collapse, the banks were falling apart, they were trying to figure out how to hold themselves together. And I wound up inheriting the company at just the worst time that one could ask for.

Mike Blake: [00:16:01] And so, I want to come back to that, because I knew part of that story, I didn’t know he literally just passing away mowing the lawn. With the reason I should never mow my lawn again.

Dan Erling: [00:16:16] It’s a great reason to not mow your lawn, definitely love that.

Mike Blake: [00:16:19] Especially in the Atlanta heat. But if you’d had to do over differently, what might you have done in terms of planning? Or what did you wish might have been done in advance that would have saved headaches down the road?

Dan Erling: [00:16:37] So, the timing for this was perfect, because what I am doing right now is what I wish that I would have done back then with my dad, which is clarifying everything. It is working with a lawyer. It is working with a CPA firm. It is discussing how the transaction should happen, the tax implications, getting people that are much smarter than I. And right now, I’m working with a financial coach. My goal is that, by the end of the year – and we’re in a transition right now. Let me explain that in a moment, because I think this is important. It’s important to do it now and it’s important to do it in three years because the company will be in a much different spot.

Dan Erling: [00:17:35] But I have set a goal of delivering to my financial coach, my CPA firm, my lawyer, and key people on the Accounts One team so that they’re hearing what exactly our wishes are, how things are going to be turned over if I happen to pass away mowing my grass. This is what I wish that my dad and I would have done. I wish we would have been more disciplined to have gone through that process so that we had a documentation in place. So that it was clear, instead of me inheriting all of these problems, all of these questions on top of the stress of losing your dad.

Dan Erling: [00:18:26] And I just wanted to add that, we also have plans for doing this in three more years, because if your company is growing – I mean, if my company wasn’t growing, I probably would be fine for a ten year plan. But we’ve already put into place some things where we know where we are now. We’re going to have to relook at this again in three years as the company changes.

Mike Blake: [00:18:55] So, knowing that story, I kind of reorganized my thoughts here a little bit. Was it clear that you would be the one taking it over when that happened? In other words, was there anybody else in the company who thought, “I mean, Dan’s great, but he’s just in sales. And I’m the one who has been here for 30 years or something. I really should be running the firm. I should be the obvious successor. I’ve been the number two.” Frankly, were there other pretenders to the throne?

Dan Erling: [00:19:30] No. No.

Mike Blake: [00:19:33] Good. That made it easier then.

Dan Erling: [00:19:33] Well, in this case, because nobody would have wanted that responsibility. And I told you, I was going to tell the truth. My dad was an awesome businessman. He died at the wrong spot. Again, I went into this saying I’m going to share some things that are embarrassing. But if somebody can learn from them, I’m fine with it. Because I’m just going to say my dad was a guru businessman. I love my dad. He was an excellent dad and a great business partner. But because of the time that he died, and he was the sole owner of the company, he had some real estate that was underwater because of 2010 – it didn’t have anything to do with him – that was connected to the business.

Dan Erling: [00:20:38] So, what I wound up inheriting – isn’t this a wonderful inheritance? – is a major debt. Because it’s just like concrete galoshes here that are pulling you down. But I think it is funny, the one disagreement that my dad and I ever had in business was, “I don’t want to be an owner of property. If you want to do it, go ahead.” We did not think through the fact that if he died, what was going to happen was if those buildings were underwater, they would start to sink the company. My lawyer, my wonderful lawyer said, “Dan, you should declare bankruptcy.”

Mike Blake: [00:21:22] No kidding.

Dan Erling: [00:21:23] “Because this isn’t your fault. This is just the way things are. It’s tied to those buildings.” So, the answer to your question is, nobody else would have been crazy enough to have wanted to inherit that organization at that time.

Dan Erling: [00:21:41] Which, by the way, I’m going to throw this out here right now, my dad would be incredibly proud of us. In fact, I would say that I was very honored – I’m going to say this because I want you to know where we started. And I’m a modest person, I won the award for Most Admired CEO in Atlanta in Accounting through the Atlanta Business Chronicle. And I say that because I want you to know where we’ve come from, to where we’ve gone to, and how proud my dad would be of that change.

Dan Erling: [00:22:22] I don’t know many scenarios that could have been worse than the one that I’m painting. And if you fight through them, then you can make it. But we would have been so much better off if we would have had more planning in place for the loss of my dad.

Mike Blake: [00:22:43] So, that brings me to something I really want to get into with you, and that is that, I suspect and other clients I’ve advised, they feel sort of a push and pull of how much do you want to keep out of respect for the traditions of the firm? And how much do you want to make change, because I’m younger, I’m closer to the younger generation, I have new ideas that maybe the older generation was either reluctant to implement or really didn’t even think about? Did you have that tug of war? And if so, how did you make peace with that?

Dan Erling: [00:23:24] I think that it is critical that best idea wins whether you’re the son of the owner or not. And I think that that’s the rule of our firm. And I think that as a leader in the firm, whether you’re the CEO or not, that it is imperative in a family business to make it clear that the one rule of the business is that even the son or the daughter can be fired if they’re not good at their job. And if that’s not in place, then you wind up with a weaker organization that can be dragged down by dumb ideas that are owned by somebody who has clout because they’re a family member versus a great idea that brings value regardless of who you are.

Mike Blake: [00:24:28] So, I just thought of the question I should have asked, so I’m going to ask it now, which is, you paint a pretty bleak picture of the business when you had it fall in your lap for better or worse, right?

Dan Erling: [00:24:41] Right.

Mike Blake: [00:24:44] Why did you take it over? Was there an alternative of declaring bankruptcy, trying to sell it, doing something else with it? Why did you take it over? What was in your decision calculus to get you to that point?

Dan Erling: [00:24:57] There’s two reasons. Number one, I love the job. Now, in fairness to me, I was the sales manager. That was the responsibility that I wanted. I had two kids that I wanted to spend time with. I didn’t want to be the CEO. So, I love the job. I just didn’t have all of that responsibility. That was my dad’s thing. So, there was never any reluctance in terms of loving the job.

Dan Erling: [00:25:29] And then, the thing that really motivated me to want to keep it going was the people that this organization serves. And as I looked at myself and the others, I knew it was the right thing to do to keep it going. So, passion for the job and then love of people motivated me to keep it going. And, gosh, there’s very few people that were here then that aren’t here now.

Mike Blake: [00:26:05] So, what were some of the changes that you’ve made as a result of you taking this over and running it? Did you resist making changes? First of all, was it hard to make changes?

Dan Erling: [00:26:25] Well, especially when you didn’t have any money, yes, yes. It’s a lot easier to make changes when you’ve got some money in the bank. It’s so much easier, because you can afford to make mistakes, too, right? That is one of the benefits of having some money in the bank. But, I mean, this was a wonderful, flexible job that had great earning potential and the ability to be flexible, to match with my my schedule as I was taking care of my family.

Dan Erling: [00:27:04] What happened after I became the CEO was, I realized that in order to scale it up, it needed more processes. So, we added a COO, we added structure to the organization, we added a controller, we have a director of recruitment now. So, a lot of structural changes. The biggest change would be the addition of a COO. That was our first executive that wasn’t a salesperson.

Dan Erling: [00:27:36] And the impact that Tom Kapish, our COO, has had on the organization has been huge. And he’s been just a great partner. And the reason that over the past five years, we’ve increased three fold. We’re now up to 40 people on the team. All of that has to do with Tom in some of the structures that he’s put into place. But then, also, just adding great people to support the organization as a whole.

Dan Erling: [00:28:06] I’ll give you one one cool thing that we’ve added to the organization as you’ve had to get more sophisticated. Back in the day, when we would get a job, it would be a nice siloed recruiter working on that role. Now, we have a whole project management system, where multiple people, you have marketing, and sourcing, and a junior recruiter, and a senior recruiter, how all of those people are interconnected. We have daily scrum meetings on our searches so that we can identify where we are. That was unheard of in 2010, it wasn’t because we were unsophisticated. It was just a simple system of an individual recruiter being able to meet the needs of multiple clients. We’ve come a long way because of the growth.

Mike Blake: [00:29:12] So, you know, again, going back to the circumstances under which you literally inherited the company, did you have any kind of mental fights with yourself in terms of, you know, can I do this? Should I do this? Because I think you were so unprepared for it mentally. How could you have been otherwise? Was it hard to mentally wrap your head around the magnitude of the responsibility you are now taking on and the learning curve that you had in front of you?

Dan Erling: [00:29:47] You know, I think I’m not a very smart person, which helps a lot in situations like this. You have no idea what you’re getting yourself into. So, I think that was one of my strengths. If I would have known what I was doing, I would never have done it. But it did. I will tell you this, I now am such a better business leader because of all of the lessons that were learned through this and embracing those lessons. And I’m just going to say, wonderful team that I could rely on when things got really tough, wonderful family situation.

Dan Erling: [00:30:33] My wife was very, very supportive. I, to this day, remember her saying, “Well, the worst thing that could happen is we would lose the house and we’d have to move into some kind of an apartment somewhere, but we’d still be together.” When your wife says that, man, that gives you all of the intestinal fortitude needed to go fight the battle the next day.

Dan Erling: [00:30:57] And I learned a lot about deep breathing exercises. I’m serious, that saved my butt. So many times I’m like, I’ve got the bank calling me. I’ve got clients calling me. I’ve got problems. All of these things, what do you work on? I learned how to do some deep breathing exercises that would get me through that and then emerge from that exercise and know, “Okay. Let’s just go solve this one problem.”

Mike Blake: [00:31:35] So, when you took over the business, did you feel like it was your business right away? Or did you go through any kind of period where you felt like, you know, “I’m sort of a caretaker.” And if there was that sort of transition, how long did it take for you to really feel like the business was yours?

Dan Erling: [00:31:56] It took me five years to rid myself of the debt. After the five years, I felt it was mine. Because I knew how to read a financial, kind of, when I inherited the business. I sure do know how to read a financial now. And just big shoutout to my CPA firm who really came in. CPA firms are so much help in cases like this. This guy just really, really helped me to organize myself and run the business from an accounting standpoint.

Mike Blake: [00:32:37] So, you know, you mentioned that you changed some things, the team oriented process. What about things like branding? And actually more to the point, here’s the right question to ask, how long did it take for people to get comfortable looking at you as the face of Accountants One CEO and not kind of referencing your father?

Dan Erling: [00:33:04] Yeah. That’s a good one. I hope this doesn’t sound like I’m bragging, but I was the sales leader of the organization already.

Mike Blake: [00:33:18] That probably helped a lot.

Dan Erling: [00:33:19] It helped a lot. Exactly. Because I’m not a one dimensional sales CEO by any means. Meaning that, some CEOs, it’s all about sales. For us, it’s about many things. And sales is critical. I mean, you can’t run a business without sales. But coming out of the loss of my dad, sales was the most important thing. That was the thing that was going to keep our payroll running. It was going to keep us moving forward. So, the fact that I was an expert in sales really helped with that transition from my dad being the CEO to me now being a CEO, because I knew what buttons to push on the sales side.

Mike Blake: [00:34:17] Yeah. And I don’t want to use the term – it sounds lucky, but that’s not quite the right term. I think that somewhere along the line there is just a good match that you happen to be what your company needed most because it was underwater from a debt standpoint. Revenue is the most important thing. That wouldn’t be the case in every scenario. If you’ve been a manufacturing company, operations might have been much more paramount. Or in some other area, like if you’re running a software company, it’s writing code or might be writing code that’s paramount.

Mike Blake: [00:34:59] And I don’t know if this is by design or by fate or maybe just a subconscious match, but it sounds like, I mean, a lot of ways you have the right skillset in the right place at the right time. Whereas, maybe if you’ve been a CEO as opposed to a market facing person, it might have been a much more difficult path.

Dan Erling: [00:35:20] So, you said it. I’m going to just agree with you wholeheartedly. Complete luck.

Mike Blake: [00:35:27] That’s why you’re my favorite guest, but thank you.

Dan Erling: [00:35:30] But luck, I can’t believe how lucky we were. So many times, there could have been things that happened that would have taken us down. I have no idea how we made it through. There was several lucky things that all came together. But, you know, I talked to a lot of people in business that have been through tough times. Luck matters. I think Jim Collins talks about this all the time, the fortitude of luck. And I happen to be the right guy with the right amount of energy to get us through. And we’ve become an incredibly strong true organization now because of what we’ve been through.

Mike Blake: [00:36:18] You know, I like that. And I’ve been a big proponent of the role of luck in business as well. In fact, Scientific American published a great blog about two years ago that talked about an Italian research paper that talks about the role of luck in business and economic outcomes. That doesn’t absolve you of the responsibility to try to manufacture a better outcome. But the reality is, is that, who you’re born to may give you a head start or not. The country you’re born in, are you born in a stable economy that respects the rule of law and capitalism versus – I don’t know – Somalia, the war zone. There’s luck involved in that. You can’t deny there’s luck involved in that.

Dan Erling: [00:37:06] So, I really like the fact that you acknowledge that because I think, candidly, it shows a lot of self-awareness. And I think that’s probably a big reason why you’ve become the – not to suck up to you but that’s documented – admired CEO that you are is an acknowledgement that it’s really not about you and your brilliance. And, you know, by sheer force of will, with my bare hands, like Paul Bunyan, I took the thing. I think that humility of the limitations of all our abilities, you know, I think that probably played a big role.

Dan Erling: [00:37:44] Thank you.

Mike Blake: [00:37:47] Let me ask you this, I mean, you know, since your father had run that business – I’m doing the math in my head – 37 years, were there any clients, were there any people resources that simply couldn’t accept you as the new CEO and decided that they needed to change their relationship with the firm?

Dan Erling: [00:38:10] You know, you asked earlier what changes we made at Accountants One. One change that we never have made is this is a relationship driven firm. And so, the good thing, again, probably in the luck category, is that, we still have clients today that I knew when I was in high school because of the way my dad treated his clients and his candidates. So, I don’t think we lost a single client during that transition. Because most of my friends, they watched me grow up. So, that was the benefit of my dad, and that is still the culture. And the thing that we talk about all the time, we still have Bert’s office here, we still remember Bert, we still talk about the way he did business.

Dan Erling: [00:39:06] We’ve just added some levels of sophistication in how we deal with people, but we never forget that this is the people business. This is about connecting individuals and making a difference in their lives. And that was what my dad brought every day. And I was just lucky enough to be around. And so, when it came time to me inheriting those relationships, it was really easy because I knew him and they were my friends.

Mike Blake: [00:39:35] So, I mean, first of all, it’s really cool you still actually maintain his office.

Dan Erling: [00:39:39] Oh, yeah.

Mike Blake: [00:39:40] That’s great. You know, I think it’s helpful. I’ve been to other offices where they’ve maintained the founder’s office even after he’s left, either retirement or passing away. And I think that’s important to sort of maintain that continuity. That’s a good decision for what it’s worth.

Dan Erling: [00:39:59] Thank you.

Mike Blake: [00:40:06] You said something a couple of times, and I’m going to go back and I’m going to offer an alternative viewpoint, because you said that you’d done no preparation, you weren’t prepared to take over the business. But as you described your experience leading up to it, I actually disagree with you. You may not have had, “In case my dad dies of a heart attack, mowing the lawn, break glass plan.” Number one, I’m sure he made good on his promise that he was not going to be easy on you because you’re his kid. But number two, because he gave you the role or because you assumed the role that you did, you are getting on the job training for that role. You probably just didn’t necessarily realize it as such at that point.

Dan Erling: [00:40:51] I’m going to agree with you. I am not going to be a difficult host. I’m going to agree with you whole heartedly and say you are right. And probably the most important thing is, preparing you for – look, I’ve seen a lot of companies where the son inherits the company and is a terrible leader. Gosh, I didn’t mean to paint myself as different than that. But I’m just going to say, I think that the thing that my dad taught me day to day the important parts of business.

Dan Erling: [00:41:31] And, certainly, my message to anybody listening is, work with an organization like Brady Ware, work with professionals like Mike, to help prepare. Because it’s already hard enough when that inheritance happens, so the documentation, the tax implications, how the entity moves through the loss, and how that succession planning works, it’s so important to talk through with professionals and it will just make the job easier. So, even somebody who is prepared as I was in the nuts and bolts of the business, I had a very difficult time working through that because those pieces, the documentation, the clarity was not there. Does that make sense? Did I make my point well?

Mike Blake: [00:42:29] Yeah. It does. It does. And a much different outcome, I mean, they don’t really have mailrooms anymore, but if they did, if you’ve been working in the mailroom just to give you a job, you really would not have had any preparation and probably a different outcome.

Dan Erling: [00:42:49] We’re talking with Dan Erling, who is President of Accountants One. And the topic is, Should I take over the family business? And I want to ask you something about your title. Because I noticed that it’s not CEO. I noticed that it’s not managing partner, whatever, grand poobah. Is your dad still the CEO in your mind and you’re president? Or am I getting too psychological here?

Dan Erling: [00:43:15] I think, yes. I think I’m the president and the CEO. And I think Bert would be extremely, extremely proud that I’m wearing that.

Mike Blake: [00:43:26] So, given what you’ve learned, I know you’re doing some long term strategic planning, so good for you. And your firm, obviously, will, of course, benefit from that. In your strategic planning, are you thinking now about your children potentially being involved in the family business and paving the way or a path for them to assume your role as owner, co-owners, what have you, when that time comes?

Dan Erling: [00:43:54] That’s a great question. My philosophy with my kids was to allow them the space to make their own decisions. And they’ve both done just an exceptional job, one is a nuclear engineer and the other one is an underwater welder. And so, I don’t see them coming back, which is fine. I love them dearly, and I just wish them the best, and want them to establish themselves as they want to define themselves. So, I’ve never given them any pressure and never have I expected them to want to be part of the organization.

Mike Blake: [00:44:48] Dan, this has been a great conversation, but I want to be respectful of your time. In case somebody wants to ask a question that we didn’t ask or go deeper on something that we did, would you be willing to make yourself available if they want to follow up with you? And if so, what’s the best way for them to contact you?

Dan Erling: [00:45:05] Probably the best way to get in touch with me is through LinkedIn, and it’s just Dan Erling. I enjoy the LinkedIn format and I will certainly respond. And I would be delighted to start conversations there. Or you can reach me at dan@accountantsone.com or call me at the office, 770-395-6969.

Mike Blake: [00:45:30] Thank you, Dan. That’s going to wrap it up for today’s program. And I’d like to thank Dan Erling so much for sharing his expertise with us today.

Mike Blake: [00:45:37] We’ll be exploring a new topic each week, so please tune in so that when you’re faced with your next business decision, you have clear vision when making it. If you enjoy these podcasts, please consider leaving a review with your favorite podcast aggregator. It helps people find us that we can help them. If you would like to engage with me on social media with my Chart of the Day and other content, I’m on LinkedIn as myself and @unblakeable on Facebook, Twitter, Clubhouse, and Instagram. Once again, this is Mike Blake. Our sponsor is Brady Ware & Company. And this has been the Decision Vision podcast.

 

Tagged With: Accountants One, Brady Ware & Company, Dan Erling, Family Business, family business transition, family run business, MATCH: A Systematic Sane Process for Hiring the Right Person Every Time, Mike Blake

Decision Vision Episode 124: Should I Get my Old Job Back? – An Interview with Owen Sizemore, Brady Ware & Company

July 8, 2021 by John Ray

Decision Vision
Decision Vision
Decision Vision Episode 124: Should I Get my Old Job Back? - An Interview with Owen Sizemore, Brady Ware & Company
Loading
00:00 /
RSS Feed
Share
Link
Embed

Download file

Owen Sizemore

Decision Vision Episode 124:  Should I Get my Old Job Back? – An Interview with Owen Sizemore, Brady Ware & Company

Should you return to a former employer? Brady Ware’s Owen Sizemore talked with host Mike Blake about his career and the decision points along the way which led him to leave and then return to Brady Ware, how he negotiated a return, the importance of not burning bridges, and much more. Decision Vision is presented by Brady Ware & Company.

Owen Sizemore, CPA, CVA, MBA, Brady Ware & Company

Owen provides business valuation, litigation support, and financial due diligence services across a variety of industries, with a specialty focus on breweries and distilleries. He performs business valuations for tax purposes, litigation support, and mergers and acquisitions. He also has experience in performing purchase price allocations and valuations of complex securities.

Owen is a member of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and the National Association of Certified Valuators and Analysts. Along with being a licensed CPA, he’s also a Certified Valuation Analyst. He obtained his B.S. in Accounting from the University of Northern Colorado and his MBA in finance from Xavier University.

Connect with Owen on LinkedIn.

Mike Blake, Brady Ware & Company

Mike Blake, Host of the “Decision Vision” podcast series

Michael Blake is the host of the Decision Vision podcast series and a Director of Brady Ware & Company. Mike specializes in the valuation of intellectual property-driven firms, such as software firms, aerospace firms, and professional services firms, most frequently in the capacity as a transaction advisor, helping clients obtain great outcomes from complex transaction opportunities. He is also a specialist in the appraisal of intellectual properties as stand-alone assets, such as software, trade secrets, and patents.

Mike has been a full-time business appraiser for 13 years with public accounting firms, boutique business appraisal firms, and an owner of his own firm. Prior to that, he spent 8 years in venture capital and investment banking, including transactions in the U.S., Israel, Russia, Ukraine, and Belarus.

LinkedIn | Facebook | Twitter | Instagram

Brady Ware & Company

Brady Ware & Company is a regional full-service accounting and advisory firm which helps businesses and entrepreneurs make visions a reality. Brady Ware services clients nationally from its offices in Alpharetta, GA; Columbus and Dayton, OH; and Richmond, IN. The firm is growth-minded, committed to the regions in which they operate, and most importantly, they make significant investments in their people and service offerings to meet the changing financial needs of those they are privileged to serve. The firm is dedicated to providing results that make a difference for its clients.

Decision Vision Podcast Series

Decision Vision is a podcast covering topics and issues facing small business owners and connecting them with solutions from leading experts. This series is presented by Brady Ware & Company. If you are a decision-maker for a small business, we’d love to hear from you. Contact us at decisionvision@bradyware.com and make sure to listen to every Thursday to the Decision Vision podcast.

Past episodes of Decision Vision can be found at decisionvisionpodcast.com. Decision Vision is produced and broadcast by the North Fulton studio of Business RadioX®.

Connect with Brady Ware & Company:

Website | LinkedIn | Facebook | Twitter | Instagram

TRANSCRIPT

Intro: [00:00:02] Welcome to Decision Vision, a podcast series focusing on critical business decisions. Brought to you by Brady Ware & Company. Brady Ware is a regional full service accounting and advisory firm that helps businesses and entrepreneurs make visions a reality.

Mike Blake: [00:00:22] Welcome to Decision Vision, a podcast giving you, the listener, clear vision to make great decisions. In each episode, we discuss the process of decision making on a different topic from the business owners’ or executives’ perspective. We aren’t necessarily telling you what to do, but we can put you in a position to make an informed decision on your own and understand when you might need help along the way.

Mike Blake: [00:00:40] My name is Mike Blake, and I’m your host for today’s program. I’m a director at Brady Ware & Company, a full service accounting firm based in Dayton, Ohio, with offices in Dayton; Columbus, Ohio; Richmond, Indiana; and Alpharetta, Georgia. If you like to engage with me on social media with my Chart of the Day and other content, I’m on LinkedIn as myself and @unblakeable on Facebook, Twitter, Clubhouse, and Instagram. If you like this podcast, please subscribe on your favorite podcast aggregator, and please consider leaving a review of the podcast as well.

Mike Blake: [00:01:10] Before we get into this week’s conversation, I want to mention that a colleague of mine, Betty Collins, who is a partner with Brady Ware and host of her own podcast, Inspiring Women, is helping to lead the Eighth Annual Brady Ware Women’s Leadership Conference. Like most things, it’s staying virtual this year. But on July 30th, if you like this podcast and the topics discussed, I suspect you will like their discussion points for that conference. Several speakers including two national voices, and the Governor of Ohio, Mike DeWine, are on the agenda. Please check out www.columbuswomensleadership.com. It may seem local to Ohio, but the content is worthwhile nationally.

Mike Blake: [00:01:45] Now, on with this week’s Decision Vision. Today’s topic is, Should I get my old job back? And I’ve been in the public accounting industry for – golly – in some fashion, I’ve been in it for, I guess, something like 10 to 12 years. So, it shows I’m not a very good accountant because I can’t count that high. And one thing I’ve noticed is, there’s a lot of kind of shuffling of talent.

Mike Blake: [00:02:16] And in particular, I’ve noticed there are a lot of folks that work for an accounting firm for some period of time. They leave, going off to find, at least, what they think are greener pastures, and then come back after a period. And I’m sure that happens a lot in other industries as well. Accounting is the one that I happen to see it. And it made me curious about the decision process to leave a job and then come back to it.

Mike Blake: [00:02:43] I’ve never done that. Not because I think it’s good or bad, just simply the circumstances really didn’t dictate it. And as people are re-entering the workforce here, as we record this podcast on July 7, 2021, people may be thinking about getting old jobs back, whether they were furloughed, whether they took a leave of absence, whether they quit altogether because of environmental circumstances dictated by the pandemic. Or maybe they simply left because, again, they saw greener pastures elsewhere.

Mike Blake: [00:03:16] So, you know, I don’t have data to support this, but my instinct tells me this is a decision that, if you’re not facing yourself, you probably know somebody that’s considering the decision. And maybe you can turn them onto this podcast.

Mike Blake: [00:03:30] And joining us today is Owen Sizemore, who is a Certified Valuation Analyst and managing the Valuation Services Group here at Brady Ware. And he’s a boomerang employee. He was with us for a while, left – and we’ll talk about that story – and has come back. And we are delighted to have him back. And I’m equally delighted to have him on the program. Owen Sizemore, welcome to Decision Vision.

Owen Sizemore: [00:03:54] Thanks for having me, Mike.

Mike Blake: [00:03:56] So, let’s start with kind of where you are today. Tell the listeners about your current role at Brady Ware, please.

Owen Sizemore: [00:04:06] Yeah. So, I am a Manager in the Valuation and Litigation Support Practice at Brady Ware, which basically means I take on valuation engagements for a variety of purposes, transactions, tax, litigation support, like I mentioned. And then, I also do some due diligence work as well, merger and acquisition due diligence. That’s a smaller part of my practice, and I anticipate that getting smaller as time goes on. But it’s worth mentioning that I do get into some of that work currently.

Mike Blake: [00:04:40] So, before you came to Brady Ware, what were you doing?

Owen Sizemore: [00:04:45] Is that the first time or the second time?

Mike Blake: [00:04:48] Oh, good question. Let’s go first time.

Owen Sizemore: [00:04:52] So, first time – Mike, you’ve probably heard me say this way too many times, but I always tell people – I’m recovering auditor and CPA. So, before I came to Brady Ware the first time, I was mainly an auditor for another public accounting firm. And that’s where I spent pretty much my whole civilian professional career was as an auditor. I did a little bit of valuation work and due diligence work along the way. I wanted to get into it full time and that’s why I came to Brady Ware.

Mike Blake: [00:05:26] So, I’m curious – I’m going off script a little bit – what was it on audit that you didn’t like or what was it about moving into specialty services like valuation that attracted you?

Owen Sizemore: [00:05:39] Well, as far as what I didn’t like about auditing was that I didn’t like the relationship that it created with your clients. It was difficult to feel like you’re adding value to them because audit is a compliance engagement for – let’s say compliance engagement. And so, I enjoyed the investigative nature of it, but I didn’t like everything around it. I didn’t like that it felt like our clients were put out by us being there. And because they’re put out by us being there, it’s really hard to engage with them on bigger picture stuff.

Owen Sizemore: [00:06:25] And it was also hard to engage with them on bigger picture stuff because you’re just down in the weeds in an audit trying to get the numbers right, that you’re looking at historical information that’s it’s really hard to talk about the future with your client. So, that’s the reason I didn’t like auditing.

Owen Sizemore: [00:06:41] And I like valuation for very similar reasons. You know, it’s forward thinking. You can get into big picture conversations with your client about where they’re going. But I also like the quantitative nature of it as well. And you don’t quite get that in auditing.

Mike Blake: [00:06:59] So, when you first came to Brady Ware, how long were you at the company the first time around?

Owen Sizemore: [00:07:06] I was at Brady Ware for almost a year. Well, I’ll say, a year and a couple months.

Mike Blake: [00:07:13] Okay. And so, what led you to start contemplating a change? What prompted that thought process of your internal conversation?

Owen Sizemore: [00:07:22] There were a handful of things that went into it. I do think it’s important to mention that the job that I left Brady Ware for was actually a job I interviewed for before I came to Brady Ware the first time. And so, ultimately, I decided to come to Brady Ware as opposed to going to Ernst and Young. So, it was always on my mind. And I had never had Big Four experience. I simply didn’t have the grades or the professional wherewithal to value an opportunity at a Big Four accounting firm right out of school like most young graduates do. And so, it was an experience I never got. It was an opportunity I knew was out there because I’d interviewed for it. So, it was kind of in the back of my mind.

Owen Sizemore: [00:08:14] But as far as what happened to Brady Ware specifically, you know, people had a hard time separating me as a CPA from the rest of the traditional CPA group. And so, even though all I did was valuation work or at least that’s all I was supposed to do, when business season rolled around, there was this pressure to behave and follow a similar schedule as the tax not all people were following. Which, as you know, valuation work, it comes and goes. You very well may find yourself extremely busy in the middle of the summer when the tax and audit folks at a CPA firm aren’t doing much.

Owen Sizemore: [00:09:05] And what was kind of the defining moment was, I had a networking event that I set up with a financial planner here in town. And I think it was maybe April 5th, so I went to this networking meeting. And at the time, the valuation group, honestly, was pretty slow. So, I go to this networking event, come back the next day. And one of the partners here asked where I had been and I said, “Well, I had a networking event.” And he said to me, “No more networking events during busy season.”

Owen Sizemore: [00:09:43] And I didn’t respond to that very well, to be honest with you. Because, again, busy season shouldn’t be something that necessarily drives the schedule of valuation people. What drives their schedule is the inflow and outflow of work. And on average, valuation people will bill as much hours or even more than their audit and tax colleagues over the span of a year. It just comes at different times. And so, I was pretty frustrated that there was this expectation to work like I’m a CPA, even though I’m not doing CPA work during that traditional business season time of the year.

Owen Sizemore: [00:10:27] And then, of course, what happened was after regular business season was over, we got very busy on the valuation side. I was working Saturdays and summer, which, again, that in and of itself not a problem. I’m happy to work 60 hours a week, 70 hours a week if I have to. But to be expected to work busy season with everyone else and then deal with the highs and lows of valuation work was not going to work for me.

Owen Sizemore: [00:10:58] And so, I had that Ernst and Young opportunity in the back of my mind and I thought, “Well, if I’m going to be expected to work this hard all the time, and I never got that Big Four experience, I might as well pursue that and see where it goes.” And at least I’ll know either way that it was a good move or a bad move. But at least I’ll put that question to rest in my mind. So, that’s pretty much why I left.

Mike Blake: [00:11:24] Okay. So then, you made the move and you were there at EY for some period of time. What made you realize or made you start to think that maybe that wasn’t the right move to make?

Owen Sizemore: [00:11:36] That’s a good question. There’s a number of things leading up to it. One, culturally, those big organizations are just different. They’re good. They’re not bad. They just are. And the best example of it I can offer is, when I walk down a hallway and I pass a coworker that I might not know at all, I may barely know, or if I do know, I always smile and and greet them and say hi, and going about my business. I certainly don’t try to pull someone into small talk conversation, but I feel like it’s just a nice thing to to acknowledge someone as you pass by them.

Owen Sizemore: [00:12:19] Well, I would do that at EY and you could tell people were – I don’t know want to say it but I’ll put it out – really didn’t know how to respond to it. And, again, I’m just trying to trying to offer a small example of the sort of tense culture in those big places. So, culturally, it wasn’t a great fit.

Owen Sizemore: [00:12:45] But probably the bigger issue for me was that I had some good ideas on how to do business development. And they worked in the middle market. I think they were easily scalable and they involved relationships with big law firms. And coming from the middle market and sort of being out of town – because I had to change locations, change cities to go to EY – I did not have the relationships with the big law firms in town, but I knew that some of the partners that Ernst and Young did.

Owen Sizemore: [00:13:22] And so, I presented this business development idea to them and just said, “Look, I just need an introduction. You can be a part of it. You can or you don’t have to be. It’s up to you. But if you can just give me an introduction, I’ll run with it. And I think it’ll work.” And that business development idea was not warmly received.

Owen Sizemore: [00:13:45] And I come from a place in the middle market when you have a senior accountant, or a senior associate, or a manager, or pretty much any level employee, that is excited and comes up with ideas about business development and networking. My experience had been that partners were they loved it. They wanted to get behind it. They were glad that somebody was thinking about that.

Owen Sizemore: [00:14:07] Whereas, that wasn’t the case at EY. You really got this feeling that they just wanted you to put your head down and do the work. And, you know, “We’ll make you a partner someday if we think you’re worthy of it. And we’re not going to get behind your own initiatives and the efforts you’re trying to take control of with your career and make it happen. We’ll do it for you if we if we want you to have it.” That that’s that’s the takeaway I got from it.

Owen Sizemore: [00:14:33] So, there’s that. Culturally, I just wasn’t a big fit. And then, it was exciting to work on big M&A deals with big companies. But, again, just the sheer size of those organizations in EY, there wasn’t really, I’ll say, a personal connection with your colleagues, really, and your clients. And it just wasn’t a good fit for me all around on those fronts.

Mike Blake: [00:15:03] So, how long did it take for you to come to realize that that wasn’t something you could fix, that you have to probably make another change?

Owen Sizemore: [00:15:15] Probably about five or six months into it.

Mike Blake: [00:15:19] So, pretty quickly.

Owen Sizemore: [00:15:21] Yeah. Pretty quickly. And at the five or six month mark, I knew that it was not going to be a long term thing. And, initially, my plan was, whatever you do, you always have to do it for a year. Or at least that’s what I’ve been told by people, that you should always stick around at whatever job you have for a year. So, that was the plan, once the year passed up, I would start looking to make a move.

Mike Blake: [00:15:48] So, you ultimately came back to Brady Ware, which is awesome. But did you think about moving to another firm first as opposed to coming back to Brady Ware? And if so, what made you choose trying to come back as opposed to moving on to another firm?

Owen Sizemore: [00:16:08] So, I knew that the first place I was going to look was Brady Ware, but I wasn’t sure if an opportunity would be there. So, I had some other firms in mind. But Brady Ware was going to be my first choice for a lot of reasons. But namely because even though we had to do some work on figuring out my schedule and my schedule expectations, at least in this area of the country, it’s difficult to find a firm the size of Brady Ware with a dedicated valuation partner. And even a dedicated valuation team. They’re just few and far between. So, I knew Brady Ware was going to be my first choice. And if that didn’t work, I was kind of throwing throwing rocks out there just to see what would happen.

Mike Blake: [00:17:02] Okay. Now, I mean, you had some very specific reasons for why you left Brady Ware in the first place. Did you have concerns about those things, basically, starting up again? And if so, how did you convince yourself that either of those concerns would go away or the second time around you’d be able to work through them?

Owen Sizemore: [00:17:23] Well, I knew that in order for me to come back, it was going to be a conversation that I had to address, first and foremost, with the managing partner of the firm. So, that was it. I knew that the people in charge of my schedule are the people in charge, period. And I had to get their buy in and it had to be very clear on what the expectations for my schedule would be before I would come back.

Mike Blake: [00:17:53] You know, did you have a sense before you even started the conversation that Brady Ware will be receptive to your return?

Owen Sizemore: [00:18:06] Well, I felt like I hadn’t burned any bridges that I was aware of. And I won’t say I didn’t know how the conversation was going to go for sure. But I recognized and I didn’t think that I burned bridges, recognizing that Brady Ware does have a valuation team, and at least they talked about taking valuation practice seriously prior to me leaving. It seemed like something that we could come to an agreement on. I’ll say, I was fairly hopeful that we could work it out.

Mike Blake: [00:18:52] Okay. And how did you initiate the conversation? Did you contact the managing partner directly? Did you go through a go between? How did you do that?

Owen Sizemore: [00:19:02] No. I contacted the managing partner directly. If I remember correctly, I think I texted him and said, “Hey, it’s Owen. Would you entertain a conversation about me coming back to Brady Ware?” And he said absolutely. And so, we set a date and time to meet for some drinks and we just sort of sat down and hashed it all out.

Mike Blake: [00:19:33] So, it sounds like it was a fairly quick. I think there’s a great object lesson there. It’s so important when you leave a place to leave it well and not burn any bridges, whether it’s leaving the door open to coming back. In my scenario, a place I worked for a number of years, they still refer me work because I didn’t burn bridges. And, you know, even if you’re leaving in a scenario where you’re kind of irritated, there’s no substitute for leaving classy. There’s no reason to just close doors prematurely.

Owen Sizemore: [00:20:10] Yeah. I totally agree with you. Even if you leave just flat out angry, you got to remember that you might be mad at the decision makers who were in charge at the time you left, but you may have had great relationships with the next generation. And whether you meet or not, you may burn bridges with the next generation that you had previously had good relationships with if you leave in so bad of a way. So, it’s best to just put angry aside and do your best to be polite, be helpful, transition your projects in the most efficient and complete way possible, and put it behind you in a way that you’ll feel good about.

Mike Blake: [00:20:58] So, I’m curious, you’re at E&Y for about five months before you realized it wasn’t the fit you thought it was going to be. So, I don’t remember the actual timeline, but it was probably less than a year that actually you’re there. Was it hard to tell them that you were going back?

Owen Sizemore: [00:21:18] Yeah. It was. Because – I think his title was managing director – it was the same guy that I had that, really, I interviewed with him the first time. And then, when I had respectfully just turned it down, I didn’t get off of the job. But my communications with him in the first time I interviewed was I felt like things went good, just sit tight. And then, of course, the initial opportunity at Brady Ware came out sight. I had to respectfully remove myself from being considered.

Owen Sizemore: [00:21:55] And then, the second time around, it was with that same individual. But the second time was a little bit different because there wasn’t an actual job posting. I just reached out to him and I invited him to breakfast. And told him that if there was a need that I’d love to explore that opportunity that I passed up on. So, it was a pretty informal process actually making the change from Brady Ware to E&Y. And his individual, I think, kind of opened some doors that weren’t formally open for me to come.

Owen Sizemore: [00:22:34] So, it was tough. It was tough to tell them that I was leaving because I felt like I certainly wouldn’t have been there if it wasn’t for him. And I think he kind of went out of his way to give me the opportunity. And I hated to let him down. And he was supportive about it. It wasn’t mean or disrespectful or anything, but I acknowledged that I got that job because of him. He worked that he worked on getting it for me and then I had turned and leave relatively quickly. So, that was tough.

Mike Blake: [00:23:11] I wonder if he sensed at all that it wasn’t a good fit and that maybe he wasn’t totally surprised. Or do you just not have enough contact with your pulse in this situation to really know that?

Owen Sizemore: [00:23:24] Mike, I honestly don’t know. I don’t know. But I wrote a hand thank you. I handwrote an apology letter/thank you later for giving me an opportunity, and apologized it didn’t work out. I never really heard from him after that. But it’s accounting, it’s Big Four. You see these people come and go all the time. So, there was probably really no skin off his back, I’m sure. But, yeah, it was tough to acknowledge to myself that I got someone to help me do something and turn around and left pretty quickly.

Mike Blake: [00:24:04] So, looking back on it now, you’ve been back at Brady Ware for some time – I think a-year-and-a-half or close to it, was it the right decision to come back?

Owen Sizemore: [00:24:13] It absolutely was. Obviously, if you’re not a fit for a place culturally, you shouldn’t be there regardless of where you end up going. But it was tough leaving Brady Ware the first time around. And I will say, you know, the process of coming back was pretty painless. I told the managing partner about the issues I was having and why I left, and he was very supportive that we’d be able to figure these things out. And no regrets. It’s been great ever since. It’s where I belong. And unless something crazy happens, it’s where I’m going to stay.

Mike Blake: [00:25:01] So, those issues that you have the first time around, it sounds like they’ve been effectively cleared up and taken off your guns.

Owen Sizemore: [00:25:12] Absolutely. Yeah. No. There’s never been any inkling that those issues are still out there. And I will say – and this is a me thing – knowing that my colleagues are here on Saturdays, sometimes I come in on Saturdays just as a show of solidarity, but that’s a choice on my part and I’m happy to do it. I don’t know, if you see people working hard, you certainly don’t want to ignore the fact that your colleagues are having a tough time, even though you’re not going to ask them to work Saturdays for you in the summer on your valuation work. But at the same time, I think they appreciate that I show up.

Owen Sizemore: [00:25:53] And I think one Saturday this busy season, I brought breakfast for everyone. So, it’s important for people to know that you support them, even though you might not be right there in the fray with them.

Mike Blake: [00:26:10] You know, I think I that’s astute. I don’t come in on Saturdays. I mean, I hardly come in the office of all. But one thing I’ve always tried to do whenever I’ve worked with a CPA firm is, at least on a big tax deadline day, like April 15th, I’ll make sure that I’m in the office and I typically extend my schedule. So that if somebody – I’m not touching a tax return – need help by stuffing envelopes and stuff, or just taking stuff down to the post office, or an extra pair of hands to make myself available.

Mike Blake: [00:26:41] Now, frankly, people are smart enough to just not engage me. And I think part of that is because I don’t know the processes. So, it takes more time to teach me than it would for me to actually be a participant. But I do think there’s an appreciation if you’re not [inaudible] but that you’re you’re at least making some effort to be there in the trenches during crunch time. I think there is something to that.

Owen Sizemore: [00:27:07] Absolutely.

Mike Blake: [00:27:10] So, looking back on it, what lessons do you think you learned from the whole experience? What are some things that you think are key takeaways that if somebody were coming to you and say, “Look, I’m thinking of getting my old job back at some place.” What might you tell them?

Owen Sizemore: [00:27:26] Well, I’d say, one, you’ve got to be direct on addressing the issues that you had and the things that drove you to leave the first time. That’s one, because don’t go into it blind, don’t go into it assuming that everything’s going to be okay. Find who’s in charge, whoever has the ability to address those issues on your behalf, and make sure they’re addressed. Because if my experience the second time around was the same as it was the first time, this wouldn’t be working. So, that’s important.

Owen Sizemore: [00:28:05] And then, two, don’t be afraid to communicate, even if that means going over somebody’s head. When the managing partner and I had a conversation about me coming back and I told him what was going on, one of the first things he said was, “Why didn’t you tell tell me this the first time? Why didn’t you let me know this was happening?” And I said, “Well, I kind of felt like I was going over someone’s head. And I’ve always been telling you just don’t do that.” And while that is a carryover from a military career, but I had this idea that you just don’t go over people’s head. And if I had let go, let go of that and just tried to address it with somebody that could do something about it, probably I may have never left.

Mike Blake: [00:28:56] That’s a really tough spot to be in. I can empathize that you want to respect the chain of command. It’s a big move politically to go over somebody’s head, because once you do that, you better kind of get what you want or it’s going to come back on know you that way. So, I can see how that part of the decision process would be hard. I think for anybody that would be hard.

Owen Sizemore: [00:29:29] Yeah. If you’re going to go over someone’s head, it better be over something that if it does get fixed, you’re leaving, because you may need to for that anyways.

Mike Blake: [00:29:40] That’s a good point.

Owen Sizemore: [00:29:40] And it’s definitely a last resort move. But I wish I wish I had done it because it might have changed things. Another thing I’ve learned is, again, the importance of not burning bridges. Because up until the time I left Brady Ware, Brady Ware was my fourth accounting firm. I kind of worked at places one to two years, three in one case, and then would change firms just to try a new out and see if there’s new clients, new opportunities. And so Brady Ware was the fourth firm I had worked at.

Owen Sizemore: [00:30:23] And aside from this whole scheduling thing, it was my favorite one. I love the fact that they empowered me do valuation work. I love that they were serious about the valuation practice. And so, it was a good thing that I didn’t burn that bridge because, I didn’t realize it at the time, but if I had burned it, I wouldn’t be able to come back and I would have regretted that.

Mike Blake: [00:30:53] So, this is, I think, a very useful conversation. Some of our listeners may have questions that I would have asked or may want to go deeper on something, if somebody wants advice on whether or not they should get their old job back, can people contact you for advice? And if so, what’s the best way to do that?

Owen Sizemore: [00:31:11] Absolutely. My email is great or, honestly, they can call my office phone. But I’d say my email is probably a better bet, and that is osizemore, so O-S-I-Z-E-M-O-R-E, @bradyware.com.

Mike Blake: [00:31:35] Very good. That’s going to wrap it up for today’s program. I’d like to thank Owen Sizemore so much for sharing his expertise with us.

Mike Blake: [00:31:42] We’ll be exploring a new topic each week, so please tune it so that when you’re faced with your next business decision, you have clear vision when making it. If you enjoy this podcast, please consider leaving a review with your favorite podcast aggregator. It helps people find us so that we can help them. If you’d like to engage with me on social media with my Chart of the Day and other content, I’m on LinkedIn as myself and @unblakeable on Facebook, Twitter, Clubhouse, and Instagram. Once again, this is Mike Blake. Our sponsor is Brady Ware & Company. And this has been the Decision Vision podcast.

 

 

Tagged With: Brady Ware & Company, employees, Mike Blake, Owen Sizemore, Return to old job

Decision Vision Episode 123: Now What? 10 Decisions to Make in a Trans-Pandemic World

July 1, 2021 by John Ray

Brady Ware
Decision Vision
Decision Vision Episode 123: Now What? 10 Decisions to Make in a Trans-Pandemic World
Loading
00:00 /
RSS Feed
Share
Link
Embed

Download file

Brady WareDecision Vision Episode 123: Now What? 10 Decisions to Make in a Trans-Pandemic World

We’ve endured a pandemic, social and political upheaval, and economic uncertainty. Now what? Decision Vision host Mike Blake takes up the challenge of answering that question, presenting ten major decisions which must be confronted in a “trans-pandemic” world. You may not agree with all of Mike’s conclusions, but you’re guaranteed to be challenged.  A link to the accompanying slide deck is included below. Decision Vision is presented by Brady Ware & Company.

Click here to download Slide Deck (PowerPoint)

Mike Blake, Brady Ware & Company

Mike Blake, Host of the “Decision Vision” podcast series

Michael Blake is the host of the Decision Vision podcast series and a Director of Brady Ware & Company. Mike specializes in the valuation of intellectual property-driven firms, such as software firms, aerospace firms, and professional services firms, most frequently in the capacity as a transaction advisor, helping clients obtain great outcomes from complex transaction opportunities. He is also a specialist in the appraisal of intellectual properties as stand-alone assets, such as software, trade secrets, and patents.

Mike has been a full-time business appraiser for 13 years with public accounting firms, boutique business appraisal firms, and an owner of his own firm. Prior to that, he spent 8 years in venture capital and investment banking, including transactions in the U.S., Israel, Russia, Ukraine, and Belarus.

LinkedIn | Facebook | Twitter | Instagram

Brady Ware & Company

Brady Ware & Company is a regional full-service accounting and advisory firm which helps businesses and entrepreneurs make visions a reality. Brady Ware services clients nationally from its offices in Alpharetta, GA; Columbus and Dayton, OH; and Richmond, IN. The firm is growth-minded, committed to the regions in which they operate, and most importantly, they make significant investments in their people and service offerings to meet the changing financial needs of those they are privileged to serve. The firm is dedicated to providing results that make a difference for its clients.

Decision Vision Podcast Series

Decision Vision is a podcast covering topics and issues facing small business owners and connecting them with solutions from leading experts. This series is presented by Brady Ware & Company. If you are a decision-maker for a small business, we’d love to hear from you. Contact us at decisionvision@bradyware.com and make sure to listen to every Thursday to the Decision Vision podcast.

Past episodes of Decision Vision can be found at decisionvisionpodcast.com. Decision Vision is produced and broadcast by the North Fulton studio of Business RadioX®.

Connect with Brady Ware & Company:

Website | LinkedIn | Facebook | Twitter | Instagram

TRANSCRIPT

Intro: [00:00:01] Welcome to Decision Vision, a podcast series focusing on critical business decisions. Brought to you by Brady Ware & Company. Brady Ware is a regional full service accounting and advisory firm that helps businesses and entrepreneurs make visions a reality.

Mike Blake: [00:00:21] Welcome to Decision Vision, a podcast giving you, the listener, clear vision to make great decisions. In each episode, we discuss the process of decision making on a different topic from the business owners’ or executives’ perspective. We aren’t necessarily telling you what to do, but we can put you in a position to make an informed decision on your own and understand when you might need help along the way.

Mike Blake: [00:00:40] My name is Mike Blake, and I’m your host for today’s program. I’m a director at Brady Ware & Company, a full service accounting firm based in Dayton, Ohio, with offices in Dayton; Columbus, Ohio; Richmond, Indiana; and Alpharetta, Georgia. Brady Ware is sponsoring this podcast, which is being recorded in Atlanta per social distancing protocols. If you like to engage with me on social media with my Chart of the Day and other content, I’m on LinkedIn as myself, and @unblakeable on Facebook, Twitter, Clubhouse, and Instagram. If you like this podcast, please subscribe on your favorite podcast aggregator, and please consider leaving a review of the podcast as well.

Mike Blake: [00:01:16] So, today’s topic is, Ten Decisions to be Made in a Trans-Pandemic World. And today is an experiment. I’m doing something that I have never done before, either on this podcast or another podcast. And I’m making, I guess some people call it, the guru format, in which I don’t have a guest today. But rather I’m going to talk about a topic flying solo.

Mike Blake: [00:01:43] And, also, by the way, this is going to be cross-posted on my brand new YouTube channel, it’s so new this is going to be the first piece of content that goes on it. If you do a search for Unblakeable, then you can find the YouTube channel, please subscribe and follow all that good stuff.

Mike Blake: [00:02:00] And I’m making a presentation here that I’ve already done twice that has been met with a lot of positive feedback. And since the nature of the podcast is, in fact, about decision making and the topic is making decisions in a trans-pandemic world, I think it’s appropriate to do this here. So, we’ll see what happens. If you guys like it, we’ll do it more. If you guys hate it, then this will probably be the last time we ever do it, unless we really find something compelling that would want us to go against the collective wisdom. So, I hope you like it.

Mike Blake: [00:02:42] So, joining us for today’s program is me. I have been the host of the Decision Vision podcast since March of 2019. This is, I believe, podcast recording number 126. We are up to, roughly, 23 million cumulative downloads, and that number still blows me away, and I can’t thank you enough for that. A lot of people don’t know, my day job at Brady Ware is I’m one of the Managers of the Business Valuation and Strategic Advisory Practice. I don’t talk about that a lot because I don’t want this podcast to simply be an infomercial. I don’t want to do it. You guys don’t want to listen to it. But since I have to introduce somebody and I’m the person on the podcast, that’s the introduction.

Mike Blake: [00:03:28] So, I’m going to move over now to the slide presentation. And for those of you who are viewing from YouTube, you should now be able to see the actual presentation. And I use the term trans-pandemic because I think that term is useful. It’s not necessarily my trying to be clever. But, you know, as I record this, on June 29, 2021, we’re not in the pandemic anymore, particularly if we’ve been vaccinated, but we’re certainly not out of it. I think only the most optimistic people think that we’ve left the pandemic behind. But I do think that we’re in an optimistic scenario relative to a year ago and that we can at least see the end of the forest even if we haven’t made it out of the woods yet.

Mike Blake: [00:04:22] And I think in a way that actually makes decision-making more difficult, because when you’re in that trans-pandemic or trans anything stage, everything is so fluid. The environment in which we make a decision today may very well not be at all the same as the environment that we faced three months from now when and if that’s the point in which we are then in a post-pandemic world.

Mike Blake: [00:04:50] And so, this is my attempt to try to make sense of some of the things that have gone on really over the past 18 months now – it’s hard to believe it’s been 18 months – since the pandemic hit the United States and most of the rest of the world. And, you know, at the end of the day, it’s just my take on the decisions that have to be made and you may agree or disagree. In fact, many of you will probably disagree quite strongly. But if at least I make you think about it or I present you with some new information, hopefully, you will find that helpful regardless of whether you agree with the conclusions.

Mike Blake: [00:05:27] So, some disclaimers I always add on any presentation that I do, at the end of the day, if you act in any of these things it’s your own risk. I assume that my audience is comprised of grown ups and capable of making your own decisions. Of course, I’m speaking in generalities. There are going to be entire college courses that will be taught simply around the history of the pandemic in the United States or the Western world or China. That’s going to happen. That’s outside the scope of a one hour monologue here. So, it means that if you make a decision based on something I present here, you don’t get to sue me in case things don’t pan out.

Mike Blake: [00:06:10] You know, the nature of decisions, too, is you can you can make the right decision. That doesn’t mean you’re guaranteed success. Nothing in here should be construed as a legal opinion of any kind. I’m not a lawyer. I’ve never been to law school. The closest I’ve ever come is that I’m a really big fan of Boston Legal because I’m in the tank for William Shatner, but that’s about it. And, by the way, as a special bonus and absolutely no additional cost to you, if you find any spelling or grammar mistakes in this presentation, you may keep them.

Mike Blake: [00:06:42] So, last year was a pretty fun year, wasn’t it? You know, we had a global pandemic. We had political upheaval on an unprecedented scale, at least, in most of our lifetimes. We have initiated a conversation about race that is unlike anything we’ve seen, I think, since the 1960s, which predates me, I was born in 1970. Did anybody forget about murder hornets? You know, that was going to be a thing for a while, but I don’t think that turned out to be the big thing that was supposed to be. But, you know, they were coming.

Mike Blake: [00:07:18] And then, if things couldn’t get any worse, Tom Brady wins a seventh Super Bowl. So, I guess it goes to show the more things change, the more they stay the same. I say this actually as a Patriots fan. I think it’s great that Tom Brady won a seventh Super Bowl. But I understand if you’re the rest of the league and you’re tired of Tom Brady being scorched earth on the NFL since 2000, I understand if you’re getting tired of it. And definitely in the ATL, people are tired of it. Not only did he orchestrate the greatest comeback in Super Bowl history against the Falcons, but then he comes here two years later and wins the Super Bowl in Atlanta. It’s fair to say most people in Atlanta have had enough of one Tom Brady.

Mike Blake: [00:08:04] But, you know, the world has changed, right? And so, now, we have a lot of decisions that we have to make. Some of them are urgent, some of them are not as urgent, but they’re all important. And I love Yogi Berra despite being a Red Sox fan. But I mean, you’ve got to appreciate the wisdom. And, you know, I think actually a lot of us feel this way. You know, when you come to a fork in the road, take it. I mean, the environment is just so uncertain right now that, I mean, what do you do? And, again, I’m really not telling people what to do, but I am telling people the decisions I think people have to make one way or the other.

Mike Blake: [00:08:47] So, today’s outline I’m presenting in the form of a mind map. I’ve recently become familiar with mind maps and I’ve come to like that much more than outlines. I built this using an app called SimpleMind on the Mac. I think it’s also available for PC. And one of the things I love about mind maps is their nonlinear. You can think, and articulate, and organize your thoughts in a nonlinear way. Whereas, in an outline, you’re forced to do so, which implies some kind of priority of decisions.

Mike Blake: [00:09:18] And I’m not placing any priority decision except that a linear element or linear characteristic of time forces me to only cover one topic at a time. But I think these are all, frankly, of equal importance and they mainly differ as to whether or not they’re important on a micro level, i.e. your own particular circumstances and priorities, and they’re important from a broader social perspective. We have decisions that we have to make as a society collectively.

Mike Blake: [00:09:50] So, the big question everybody’s asking right now is, Do we continue to work from anywhere? We don’t know. I mean, companies are bringing people back to the office. They’ve planned to bring people back to the office. They’ve then reversed decision to bring people back to the office. You know, there is no best practices. You know, we didn’t have the Internet back when we had the Spanish flu. So, you either worked on location or you didn’t work, that’s all there was to it. We just don’t know what best practices are.

Mike Blake: [00:10:24] And if you’re looking at this on video, you can see this chart that I’ve put up that was posted by Erik Samdahl and the title is “When Will U.S. Workers Return to the Office? Over 50 Percent of Employers Have A Plan.” When you look at the chart, you can see very clearly when the items are ranging from we’re already returning to the workplace to haven’t decided yet which is 17 percent, you know, 14 percent don’t know. And when you look at this chart, it’s pretty much even, all the choices are even all the way around.

Mike Blake: [00:11:01] That means that best practices have not emerged yet. And that makes things difficult. We just don’t know what best practices are. And they’re probably going to vary by industry. They’re going to vary by location. They’re going to vary by company culture. And they’re going to vary by company size.

Mike Blake: [00:11:18] But one thing that we do know, and there’s an emerging picture here, I happen to have a chart up and if you’re listening on the podcast, it’s called “Productivity Better Be Top of Mind in a Post-Pandemic Hybrid Work World.” This is from Forbes magazine. But the chart clearly shows that when you’re looking month by month, employee productivity is up significantly relative to where it had been the prior year. Now, that’s converging. The latter half of ’19 and the latter half of 2020 are sort of converging a little bit, because, I think, we are actually seeing the leading edge of a digital transformation at that time. It was just sort of got overshadowed by the pandemic.

Mike Blake: [00:12:05] But, you know, the overall data is pretty clear that people do appear to be more productive working from some place outside of the office. But it is complex. According to this chart “Succeeding With Remote Work” from gallup.com, workers are more productive, but they’re also more stressed. They’re also more worried. And so, that speaks to whether or not whether work from home is truly a long term viable solution. I don’t think we’re going to know the answer to that until schools reopen en masse and daycare comes back.

Mike Blake: [00:12:49] I suspect, but I do not know that much of the stress revolves around having to juggle childcare and, in some cases, elder care with managing your normal daily life. Because the infrastructure that we’ve had that enables us, women mostly, to work simply was taken away from us. And I can tell you, as a person who works from home and was engaged in, frankly, household chores and did participate in home schooling, even though I did less than my wife, even that amount added to a significant level of stress and did make things hard. And like I said, I didn’t even do the lion’s share. I participated where where I could and where Cordelia thought that I wouldn’t hopelessly screw things up.

Mike Blake: [00:13:38] But the fact of the matter is, is that, people are stressed to be in this environment. So, we’ll see what happens once kids go back to school. I think that’s going to be a major inflection point going forward.

Mike Blake: [00:13:55] So, the second decision we have to make is, Are we going to continue to rely on video conferencing? You know, I’ve stepped out now to a few in-person meetings, a few lunches, where either the restaurants are basically empty or eating outside that sort of thing. I’m still being very cautious even though I’m vaccinated, because I don’t want to be patient zero that they find out, “Oh, the vaccine wasn’t as resistant to the Delta variant,” or whatever. Frankly, I like somebody else to have that on. So, I’m still being careful. But with all the talk of Zoom fatigue, we still need to figure out whether or not we want to have these meetings.

Mike Blake: [00:14:41] Now, an interesting chart from an article called “Open Mike” from the National Institutes of Health shows how people participate in Zoom meetings compared to in-person meetings. And the data shows that people on Zoom seem to be a little bit less inclined to contribute to a discussion. They seem to be a little less inclined to voice opinions. They seem to be less inclined to be responsive to feedback, less inclined to communicate opinions, and much less inclined to maintain an attention span of any kind. This is a sample size of nearly 3,300 people.

Mike Blake: [00:15:21] So, I do think that there are some statistical umph to this. Now, I think this because we’re going to need to see more best practices emerge. And except for contributing to discussion and attention span, these other issues, these other worsenings, if you will, are not terribly strong. So, they could just well be statistical noise, frankly. But there does appear to be a pretty significant reduction in contributions and attention spans. Now, you might say, “Well, great. Less contributions mean less meaning with a bunch of hot air.” You could certainly take that position. But the point is, is that, Zoom and video conferencing in general, I think, is still a work in progress in terms of getting people to participate.

Mike Blake: [00:16:14] And the only thing I can tell you that I’ve learned is that, whenever I host a meeting, I require everybody to have their cameras turned on. And if you don’t have a camera, you can’t be in the meeting. And if you’re that important to the meeting, we reschedule. Because the camera is the way that I can tell if you’re engaged, paying attention. I get feedback from the audience. And I do think that by having a non-camera Zoom meeting, frankly, defeats the purpose and allows for suboptimal participation. But that’s just me.

Mike Blake: [00:16:51] Now, the thing to keep in mind is that, this is not necessarily a new phenomenon. There is an interesting survey that was published by the Harvard Business Review that talks about “What Are Employees Doing During a Conference Call?4 This is not a Zoom call. This is just oldy timey telephone conference calls. And for those of you here, you can see on the chart that 65 percent of people are doing other work, 63 percent of people are sending an email, 55 percent are eating or making food, 25 percent are playing video games, even six percent are taking another phone call, which is awesome.

Mike Blake: [00:17:29] So, you know, struggling with attention span during a Zoom call is really not a new phenomenon. And maybe this even calls in the question whether my my camera requirement is useful. I think it is because, again, if I can see people, I at least have some shot of telling if they’re engaged or not. But the point is that, you know, this is not a new phenomenon. It’s just newly visible.

Mike Blake: [00:18:03] And then, you look at the next chart, which is, What are people doing during virtual meetings? That’s a 2020 study by Kathy Morris, “Survey: Most People Are Distracted During Virtual Meetings.” You know, 60 percent, checking emails; 50 percent, cell phone texting; 52 percent, multitasking, i.e. doing other work; 45 percent, snacking, i.e. eating or making food. My point is, is that, what people are doing during virtual meetings have been doing roughly the same thing in roughly the same amounts as on a conference call.

Mike Blake: [00:18:43] Except, it appears that there does appear to be a slightly lower percentage of people that are doing something other than participating if they’re on a virtual meeting. The other work tops out at 65 percent. Here, it tops out at 55. So, there may actually be an additional benefit to a Zoom call. Again, I think it has to do with whether you have the camera on or not. So, something to keep in mind.

Mike Blake: [00:19:12] But it does also seem clear that virtual is costing money. You know, people do like to be sold to in person, at least in a lot of industries. I work in tech and I think it’s different. I think a lot of people have no interest in meeting me in person. I have not met over two-thirds of my clients in person ever. But, again, I’m in tech. I work a lot with millennials and Gen Y, you know, their comfort zone is virtual relationships. That suits me just fine. It saves me travel time and so forth.

Mike Blake: [00:19:43] But this chart from Oxford Economics, which is from an article called “The Return on Investment of U.S. Business Travel,” shows that, you know, manufacturers think they’re losing as much as 35 to 40 percent of their customers because they can’t meet them in person. And an education professional services, I think it’s around a third. Finance and real estate is around 20 to 25 percent.

Mike Blake: [00:20:07] So, you know, people do feel like there’s a loss in revenue because they don’t have that touch. And whether that’s visiting a client in their office, whether it’s taking them out to dinner or for cocktails, or going to shoot golf, or go for Tim Scones, or whatever it is that you do. You know, people do seem to lose that. So, you know, I have a feeling that people are going to go back, at least, in terms of reestablishing their sales vitality.

Mike Blake: [00:20:39] Now, the next question is a high level economics question, and I’m phrasing it as, Are we firing the Fed? You know, it’s intriguing to look at Bitcoin’s adoption curve and you can see on the chart here. These are charts that were tweeted out by Dan Held, who I guess is a big Bitcoin guy. I really don’t know who he is. But this is given to me by somebody else who does know a lot about Bitcoin. And if the chart is to be believed, then Bitcoin is somewhere between an outright novelty and on its way to becoming an established store of value, that’s what SOV means. And MOE on the chart means medium of exchange, meaning that it’s real money, basically.

Mike Blake: [00:21:35] And, you know, I don’t think that it’s a coincidence that Bitcoin is gaining traction in the middle of a pandemic. Because we’re breaking some laws right now that most people who have an economics background, like me, thinks should never be allowed to happen.

Mike Blake: [00:21:55] And so, the first issue is, we have to figure out what is the real deal with inflation. And I’m publishing a couple of charts here from The Wall Street Journal. It comes from an article called, “Rising Inflation Looks Less Severe Using Pre- Pandemic Comparisons.” And, you know, at a high level, I think actually that title is an apt analysis. And I’d remind everybody that economics is a slow science. It takes us six months to figure out if we’re in a recession or if we’re out of it. It takes us, in some cases, a year or more to figure out if monetary policy is having any impact whatsoever. It’s just a slow science. And this is why I think the Fed prudently is moving very, very slowly.

Mike Blake: [00:22:49] And the way that I read these charts is that, for the most part, the inflation we are seeing is likely simply a dead cat bounce where there had been so much deflation in sectors prior to the pandemic that we’re simply seeing a snap back into some kind of morality. And I’ve seen the memes all over the place. People want to get all over the government because lumber prices suddenly went up, and they did. And then, two weeks later, they suddenly went down again.

Mike Blake: [00:23:21] And however you want to view economic policy and the results thereof, anybody who’s honest and knowledgeable about economics will tell you that it takes months for real cause and effect to be plausibly established. And everything else, frankly, is simply statistical noise. So, there could be inflation that’s out there that’s lurking. I’m not saying there’s not. There could well be. Certainly, neoclassical economics would suggest that there should be.

Mike Blake: [00:23:56] But I’m simply advising people not to jump to conclusions because, quite frankly, simply, we don’t know yet how much of this is due to pent up demand, how much is due to too many dollars chasing too few goods and services, to short term supply chain problems in food, including labor. We just don’t know. And the way the Fed is behaving, where they said they’re going to steady the course until 2023, they are telegraphing to you that they don’t know either. And so, they’d rather not act rather than risk making the problem worse.

Mike Blake: [00:24:37] Now, the thing that’s confusing and why a lot of folks are sounding the alarm on inflation is because of this chart. It’s called “Annual Inflation” from inflationdata.com. Look it up yourself. It’s a busy chart, but it’s a cool chart because if you look in the orangish bands, those are indicative of when there’s been a significantly expansionary monetary policy, quantitative easing one, two, and three. And then, cash being flushed into the system during coronavirus. And the thing that jumps out with this chart is that, quantitative easing did help ameliorate and, in some cases, prevent deflation. And I think what we learned is that, we had massive deflationary pressures that we didn’t appreciate.

Mike Blake: [00:25:37] Ben Bernanke and the Fed did the right thing. Somebody deserves a Nobel Prize in economics for this because you’re not supposed to be able to do that. Had we not done that, there’s no doubt in my mind we would have entered a true economic depression. So, we did learn our lessons from history.

Mike Blake: [00:25:56] But there is a lot of fear, myself included, that we are going to experience hyperinflation. And it really hasn’t happened. It’s sort of peaked at around four percent or so. You know, that’s more than we’re used to. But there have been lots of years that we’ve seen more than four percent inflation. And so, the only time it’s even gotten up to five is right now in the trans-pandemic period, where there’s a combination of loose monetary policy and unprecedented social welfare spending. But even then, you know, the short term inflation rate is five percent. And, you know, we saw that regularly in the late 1980s and early 1990s, which until the first Gulf War and, some would argue, the Bush tax hikes, we were seeing a pretty strong economy back then.

Mike Blake: [00:26:52] So, again, draw your own conclusions. This is my observation. But, again, I simply caution not to have a knee jerk reaction on what’s happening in the economy, because, again, economics is just a slow science. And, you know, it’s not supposed to happen that as our debt to GDP ratio increases – and it’s well over now 100 percent – that interest rates are supposed to go down. But that’s what’s happening. And so, what happens is that people like me and those who are much stronger than I in the field of economics, it’s time for us to rethink what we thought we knew about economics.

Mike Blake: [00:27:38] Because, you know, the largest laboratory in the world is simply not producing the results that we thought that we were going to get. And maybe we need to give modern monetary theory a close look. Maybe there are other theories that need to be addressed that we have discarded, need to revisit, or somebody suggested and we haven’t paid enough attention to. But the one thing that I can tell you for certain is that, the macroeconomic forces and the data are not behaving the way that neoclassical economics and even monetarists economics, that have been the mainstay of American economic policy since the 1930s, at least, they’re just not behaving the way they’re supposed to.

Mike Blake: [00:28:24] The next question is a fun one, Are we going to require vaccination? The interesting thing is – according to a chart that I’ve got, “Vaccines: Low Trust in Vaccination ‘A Global Crisis'”. This is from the BBC – for all of the pushback and the reporting on vaccinophobia in the United States, there are large sections of the world that don’t trust the vaccines, even to the level that we do.

Mike Blake: [00:29:02] According to this chart, East Asia which has pandemics all the time, Western Europe and Eastern Europe that are highly educated populations, at least in Western Europe, certainly, strong health care systems, their trust in the vaccine is even less. Which may explain how, in spite of centralized medicine architectures in Western Europe, they are lagging far behind in vaccinating the population behind the United States. So, it’s just kind of interesting to note that, you know, for all the bad rap we give ourselves, we’re by far not the worst in the world at this. But vaccines are special.

Mike Blake: [00:29:47] And the two charts I’ve put up here, one is called, About Three in Five Voters Would Support COVID-19 Vaccination Card Requirement, and another is called, More Americans Now See Very High Preventive Health Benefits From Measles Vaccine. As we see a contrast in the chart, is that, Americans support measles, mumps, rubella vaccines for children to attend school. But they’re not nearly as supportive of requiring a coronavirus vaccine. I don’t have a ready explanation for that. I don’t have a firm explanation. I suspect a lot of it is because children are typically vaccinated against their will and Americans are not. And so, most children probably don’t even remember when they are vaccinated. I certainly don’t. I just have a chart that says that I was. And so, it’s not a big deal. There was never really even a choice for them.

Mike Blake: [00:30:48] But in terms of being an adult, you know, we do have a choice. And some of us are afraid of vaccines. A lot of us are afraid of needles. You know, it’s been documented that medical experiments have been conducted by the United States Government against sections of the population. The document, in fact, the U.S. Government doesn’t deny it. But, nevertheless, it is interesting how we trust certain kinds of vaccines, but we don’t trust the vaccine that is right in front of us that is the key to conquering the current pandemic.

Mike Blake: [00:31:29] The next question is, Are we canceling for good? You know, I’m putting up a couple of charts from the same source, “Cancel Culture and American Politics” by a person named Phil Ebersole. And what I find really interesting, in this culture where we no longer debate, we now cancel people. And we do that because I think there’s a lot of psychological “advice” about removing toxic people from one’s circles. And it’s gotten easier to do. It’s gotten easier to remove people. You just unfriend them. And I wonder how healthy that really is. I wonder how healthy it is to only hang around with people that never upset you, that never challenge you, that never make you feel uncomfortable.

Mike Blake: [00:32:31] And, you know, interestingly, there’s a large section of the population that feels like they cannot express their political opinions. And interestingly enough, the more liberal one is, it appears the more comfortable that you are sharing your political opinion, and that could mean a lot of things. It could mean that as a liberal, you feel like you’re somehow supported in society, maybe by the so-called liberal media. Maybe if you’re more liberal, you just don’t give a darn what other people think. You just sort of say it and that’s what it is. You know, I can only speculate as to what’s driving that. But even liberals – not all – the large portion of the population, 23 percent, still feel like voicing their political opinions puts them in some kind of jeopardy.

Mike Blake: [00:33:31] And then, the second chart blows me away, where a significant share of Americans support firing donors to one party or the other. Just outright firing them. They didn’t do anything, didn’t express an opinion, might be a model worker. It doesn’t matter. You made a donation, you’re out. I think that’s extremely dangerous. I think it makes our political climate much worse rather than better. But we’re going to have to decide as a society, are we going to rely and cancel as a way to resolve our differences? I hope not. I think there are long term consequences to that, that we can only begin to imagine today that will affect us in a generation if we do go that direction.

Mike Blake: [00:34:27] The next chart is from a book called, “Facebook Hate Speech Removal per Quarter in 2020.” This is from Statista. And Facebook has now gotten involved, gotten in the business of removing hate speech. And I have friends that claim that they’ve been banned, they’ve been muted, they’ve had their accounts suspended because maybe they cursed or they cursed out somebody or something. Well, not something I would necessarily do. It doesn’t seem like it rises to the level of hate speech. But Facebook is clearly now getting involved. And I know there’s a segment of the population that wants social media to be held accountable for the things that people say.

Mike Blake: [00:35:16] I don’t know about that. For years we’ve said, if you don’t like what’s on TV, change the channel. And I think I generally agree with that, except where children are involved. And then, parents do need something to do. You know, am I that comfortable with Facebook intervening with us? I don’t know. It’s not censorship because only a government can commit an act of censorship. Facebook simply would call it selecting editorial content. Just like sending a letter to the editor of The New York Times. They don’t publish every letter that they receive. And, you know, I just don’t know.

Mike Blake: [00:36:03] I think that having lived in places where free speech has been and is suppressed, I think it’s very dangerous for free speech to be suppressed, no matter what the source is, whether it’s public or private. But, again, as a society, we have to decide that.

Mike Blake: [00:36:22] And, you know, this next chart really asks a question, Have we done all the canceling we’re going to do anyway? This chart responds to the question, how many people do you have in your friendship circle that support the candidate who is not the person for whom you would vote, basically? And, you know, most people are now saying that most of their close friends only support the candidates that they do. And I don’t know what to make of that. Should I be concerned? I mean, on one hand, it’s natural for people of a like disposition and an ideological outlook to hang out with one another.

Mike Blake: [00:37:07] But the background of what we’ve just talked about in terms of canceling, I can’t help but wonder, you know, is this simply more cancelling that’s going on, and we’re missing opportunities to learn through each other? You know, there’s a concept in philosophy called dialectical materialism. It’s actually Marxist in nature. And the notion of dialectical materialism is that, advancement only comes through conflict. There’s something called thesis that’s confronted by antithesis. And then, when they collide, they manufacture a synthesis, which is something better that results to the conflict of the two. And I think by cancelling, we’re missing out on that.

Mike Blake: [00:38:00] The next topic is, Are we going to be prepared for the next COVID? This chart that I have, “Viral Outbreaks: Past Encounters,” from Health Analytics, shows very clearly the viral outbreaks of a major nature are becoming more common and not less. I don’t know why that is. I don’t know if it’s related to climate change. I don’t know if it’s related to increased travel. I don’t know if it’s related to dumb luck. I have no idea.

Mike Blake: [00:38:30] But the data is very clear that we’re seeing, or at least we’re in a period right now of more frequent, significant viral outbreaks. It seems inevitable that another outbreak is going to threaten us again. And when they threaten us, the next chart – from “Pandemics in History, Assessing Their Costs” – shows that the cost of these pandemics is significant. I think that’s a function of our economy simply being more developed. But, nevertheless, enduring a pandemic carries with it a very significant financial cost.

Mike Blake: [00:39:11] Now, you notice the coronavirus is not on this chart. But never fear, because it is calculated now. I reviewed data from a paper called, “The Impacts of the Coronavirus on the Economy of the United States, Economics of Disasters and Climate Change,” and the estimated cost of coronavirus by the time we’re all said and done is between $3.2 and 4.8 trillion, which represents somewhere between 15 to 22 percent of the gross domestic product of the United States. That’s a big number. That’s a very big number.

Mike Blake: [00:39:51] And as you can see, for those who can see on the chart, you can see the footnote here that says, “The U.S. National Academy of Medicine estimates it committing an incremental 4.5 billion annually to be used primarily for strengthening national public health systems, funding research and development, and financing global coordination contingency efforts would significantly reduce the severity of future outbreaks.” So, you know, investing four-and-a-half billion annually – to use round numbers – 4.5 trillion, the breakeven point is, if you get one pandemic in a thousand years, you breakeven. To me, that seems like that’s a worthwhile investment. A pretty good insurance policy. But we’ll see. We will see.

Mike Blake: [00:40:41] Another question we’re going to have to address now is, Are we going to take mental illness seriously? Mental illness, frankly, I don’t think has been taken all that seriously in the United States up until very recently. You could discriminate against people for it. You can make fun of them. Generally speaking, the availability of mental health care is generally inadequate. Health insurance policies are paltry covering it. And even when it is, it’s hard to find a psychiatrist or a therapist that will actually take health insurance. There are a lot of issues with it.

Mike Blake: [00:41:21] But I do think that having to live with the invisible stalker of a global pandemic and the ensuing lockdown has greatly restrained our freedom of movement and our freedom of activity, frankly, our freedom of pursuit of happiness. For a lot of us, we could basically work all we want. But in terms of having fun, forget it. It should not be surprising that it’s taken a toll on people’s mental health.

Mike Blake: [00:41:49] And from this chart from Statista, Pandemic Causes Spike in Anxiety and Depression, the differences between January through June of 2019 through December of 2020 show a significant increase – really, a massive increase of symptoms of anxiety disorder, depressive disorder, or combined anxiety or depressive disorder. Perhaps as much as 42 percent of the population of the United States has exhibited some symptoms of anxiety or depressive disorder. That is a massive cost being borne by society. And right now, we’re generally deciding we’re willing to live with it. And I guess that’s the decision we’re going to make as a society, are we going to live with it? Are we going to say, you know, we can’t afford everything and you have to try alternative methods to address your mental anxiety.

Mike Blake: [00:42:58] But before we make that decision, we need to look at this chart, “Measuring the Lifetime Costs of Serious Mental Illness and the Mitigating Effects of Educational Attainment” by Seth Seabury, et al. And the chart shows that, when people have a serious mental illness, particularly before age 25, their life expectancy goes down, their quality of life goes down, their ability to function without being classified as disabled goes down, and their years work goes down. Which leads to increased medical spending and decreased lifetime earnings, which means people are not contributing as much economically into the tax base, Medicare, Medicaid, all that stuff.

Mike Blake: [00:43:51] So, it’s not just a human cost, but there is a measurable economic cost. And if we don’t pay attention to this, it’s going to get worse and that cost is going to become more painful and more visible. We have to decide if the benefits outweigh the costs or not. Benefits, meaning not paying as much attention to mental health.

Mike Blake: [00:44:17] And the interesting thing, as we can see on the next chart, you know, it’s not about money. Our health expenditure per capita is higher than just about everybody else. Number two is about 25 percent less in terms of health spending per capita than the United States. Now, granted, this is 2015 data for the most part, some is 2013. But I think it’s changed that much in the last six years. This is not so much throwing money at the problem as is being thoughtful about how to solve the problem and deploying the money that we are spending in a more meaningful and impactful manner.

Mike Blake: [00:45:02] Do we still want delivery? So, e-commerce boomed during COVID, obviously. A lot of stores were closed. And the chart that I’m showing is from “X’MAS 2020: Is Your E-commerce Startup Ready for the Biggest Delivery Season?” And we can see that during the pandemic, at least as of July of last year, e-commerce transactions were up massively. Sports equipment were up 83.4 percent. That’s why you can’t get a Peloton. Supermarket e-commerce transactions, Instacart, curbside services, up 66.5 percent. Even home furnishing is up 42 percent. Banking and insurance media, we’ve all learned not to go back to the movie theater. We’re watching Netflix instead. We’re used to getting things at home now, but do we want to?

Mike Blake: [00:46:02] Now, the dirty secret is, we are paying more for this as much as the companies try to hide the incremental cost of delivery from us. It’s very much there, and it’s going to get worse. The chart I have up in front of me now is, “The Hidden Cost of Food Delivery,” from TechCrunch. And even outside of the service charges, the tips, delivery services for food and, I think, for everything else – but I have a chart here for food – is that, delivery companies are marking up the entrees themselves. The same meals simply costs more to buy the meal itself, to have it delivered, for even delivery fee, than in the restaurant. And according to the chart, that could be as high as 40.5 percent. And we’ve seen this also with Instacart, they mark their stuff up all the time for groceries, Costco delivery. That all happens.

Mike Blake: [00:47:05] Do people want to pick up at the store? I don’t know really how much people want to pick up, you know, engage, or enjoy, or utilize, I guess, curbside pickup. According to the “2020 Holiday Outlook” from PwC, you know, home delivery pretty much stayed the same. People are not picking up orders in-store actually as much as they used to, but they’re picking up the order outside the store. But only 35 percent as opposed to 23 percent. I think the jury is still out. And I love pickup. I know a lot of people, they like the experience of going to the store and looking around and seeing stuff. And, you know, I do think that part is here to stay. A part of the shopping experience is here to stay.

Mike Blake: [00:47:55] Now, an interesting question that comes out of all of this is, when, ultimately, do the DoorDash’s of the world actually become profitable? It stunned me to learn that these companies are not profitable and they’re not even really close. And the question I have is, when large portions of the population are forced to be at home, and when many restaurants have either shut down, or they’re shut down in-house eating opportunities or in-house dining, if DoorDash can’t be profitable now, when is it going to be? And what are the circumstances under which it’s going to be profitable?

Mike Blake: [00:48:39] Probably that’s going to be – and I read this in a recent Wall Street Journal order – when one or more competitors drop out of the market and they can raise their delivery prices. That’s what’s going to happen. One of these guys is going to get tired of burning through millions and millions of dollars of venture capital. And they’re going to fall out of the market. Prices will then reach a true market clearing price. That’s when they’ll be profitable. But it is going to be a bloodbath in the industry until that happens.

Mike Blake: [00:49:13] The next question is, Are we going to act on race? So, the protests that started nationwide in wake of the George Floyd murder in 2020, starting in Minneapolis, they had an impact on a lot of people. They, of course, had an impact on people of color. I think, at least for a time, they made an impact on white people like me. And the chart I have here is, “Support for Black Lives Matter Surged During Protest, But Is Waning Among White Americans.” And I guess that’s not surprising. There is a certain sense of urgency. You know, people of color were protesting all over the place. They were visibly upset as we interact with them on a commercial and a friendly basis.

Mike Blake: [00:50:11] But as time goes on and the case is, basically, now over. The perpetrator has now been sentenced to jail. So, I’m not sure there’s much more to do after that for that particular incident. But the issue still remains. And so, the question is, Are we going to have another conversation about race like we had in the 1960s? Or are we going to go back to the way things were, circa end of 2019? And I present for your consideration this graph, this info graphic, “The Pandemic’s Racial Disparity” from Statista. COVID deaths to people of color, particularly Black people, was just out of sight. They were more than double the rates of deaths among White people.

Mike Blake: [00:51:12] And, to me, it’s hard to look at that and think, “Well, we don’t have a race problem that needs to be addressed.” Why are people of color dying at such a higher rate? And is that a problem that we want to solve? Some of us are going to argue that’s not a problem that we should solve. The government should solve that. People of color should solve themselves. Okay, and I’ll just leave it there. But it is a problem that’s going to have to be addressed. And if it’s not, again, there are far reaching consequences. There’s only so long that a minority group is going to suffer with this. It’s not going to be indefinite.

Mike Blake: [00:52:02] And, finally, Are we going to lure people back to work or are we going to force them back to work? So, the topic of the day now is, people are not coming back to the workforce. And that’s the chart that I have from the St. Louis Federal Reserve on unemployment level and job openings shows that the number of job openings exceeds the number of unemployed people in the United States. Why are people not taking them?

Mike Blake: [00:52:37] Well, before I go directly to answer that question, this chart is really important. And if you look at no other chart, look at this one. And it also is from the St. Louis Federal Reserve, and it’s the labor force participation rate. And the labor force participation rate means the percentage of adult Americans who are working, or available to work, want to work, or in the labor force. And you’ll notice that the American labor force has been declining since 2000.

Mike Blake: [00:53:13] And I would argue it probably would have started declining before then, except I think people hung on in the workforce during the dotcom boom because they were getting their stock options. And during the Y2K remediation effort, because people who wanted to retire were the only people who knew enough COBOL to fix it, basically. And they got scads of money to work another year or two to fix Y2K vulnerable systems.

Mike Blake: [00:53:40] But since then, labor force participation has been dropping, particularly since, say, late 2008, 2009. And recovered a bit, I think, in statistical noise. Really dropped during the COVID pandemic, and has come back a little bit. And I say that because it provides, I think, a useful framework around understanding the nature of unemployment and the nature of people pursuing jobs. And that is that, we have been running up against a shortage of workers for two decades now. We haven’t noticed it for whatever reason, because we’ve had enough people, more or less, to take jobs. But that gravy train may have come to an end. But we’ll see, like I said, economics is a slow science.

Mike Blake: [00:54:40] And, frankly, I don’t know the story yet. I don’t know whether unemployment benefits are too high and people are kicking back in the extra 300 bucks a month. You know, I cannot imagine that myself. I can’t imagine $1,200 being meaningful enough to me that I would simply stop working and be on welfare. But I acknowledge I’m not everybody. I just don’t know a portion of the population that is. And I do think people have awakened and changed priorities and are willing to give up income for a different lifestyle. I think, you know, there’s nothing like 600,000 people dying over the course of 18 months to remind people how short and precious life is.

Mike Blake: [00:55:25] And I do think that people have discovered, you know, they’d rather live on less and would rather have more of what they expect their lives to be from a personal perspective, spiritual perspective. And, unfortunately, I mean, this is going to remain purely an ideological argument, we’re not going know until two to three months passed after states reduce unemployment benefits, which is happening now. We’re not going to know until schools reopen and a lot of kids are going to go back to – people aren’t going to like when I say this, but I mean, the schools are our form of nationalized daycare, like it or not. We do have nationalized daycare. We simply use it as an educational instrument. And, ideologically, we never pay for it if we call it daycare. So, we call it grade school. And then, more of the population will be vaccinated.

Mike Blake: [00:56:26] So, with that, that concludes my presentation on Ten Decisions to be Made in a Trans-Pandemic World. And as I’ve said before, if you like the content that we put on here, let me know. Let me know if you like this. And if you want more of it, follow me on LinkedIn for the Chart of the Day. You may have noticed I’m kind of into charts. And, you know, with that, I think we’re going to be able to wrap it up for today’s program. I’d like to thank you all for listening. And please let me know what you think of this format. If you like it, we’ll do more of it. If you hate it, then we’ll probably stop doing it.

Mike Blake: [00:57:08] We’ll be exploring a new topic each week, whether I’m doing it or with somebody else, so please tune in so that when you’re faced with your next business decision, you have clear vision when making it. If you enjoy these podcasts, please consider leaving a review with your favorite podcast aggregator. It helps people find us that we can help them. If you like to engage with me on social media with my Chart of the Day and other content, I’m on LinkedIn as myself and @unblakeable on Facebook, Twitter, Clubhouse, and Instagram. Once again, this is Mike Blake. Our sponsor is Brady Ware & Company. And this has been the Decision Vision podcast.

 

Tagged With: Brady Ware & Company, Mike Blake, pandemic

Decision Vision Episode 121: Should I Pitch on Shark Tank? – An Interview with Katy Mallory and Lou Childs, SlumberPod

June 17, 2021 by John Ray

SlumberPod
Decision Vision
Decision Vision Episode 121: Should I Pitch on Shark Tank? - An Interview with Katy Mallory and Lou Childs, SlumberPod
Loading
00:00 /
RSS Feed
Share
Link
Embed

Download file

SlumberPod

Decision Vision Episode 121:  Should I Pitch on Shark Tank? – An Interview with Katy Mallory and Lou Childs, SlumberPod

Mother-daughter duo and Shark Tank contestants Katy Mallory and Lou Childs talked with host Mike Blake about why and how they invented the SlumberPod and what makes them a great business team. They also offered a behind the scenes perspective on the popular business reality television show, including what it takes to get on the show and how they prepared for their appearance. Decision Vision is presented by Brady Ware & Company.

SlumberPod

The idea for SlumberPod started in December 2014 when Katy and her husband and baby were visiting Katy’s mother (Lou) for the winter holidays. Because it was a packed house, the three had to share a room. The baby woke up two nights in a row—seeing her parents across the room—and refused to go back to sleep. Sleep-deprived and frustrated, Katy and her family went home a day early. Thing was … their baby was rarely a bad sleeper at home.

Katy scoured the internet for something she could bring on trips to provide her baby a private, dark place to sleep. When she didn’t find anything that fit the bill, she (like many others) resorted to homemade solutions to provide a visual barrier between her and her baby. The homemade solution worked but wasn’t safe, especially private or easy to set up.

While Katy was on maternity leave with twins in the spring of 2016, she and Lou decided it was time to create a safe, easy and portable solution to help make vacations more restful and fun for everyone—and SlumberPod was born!

They’ve had a ton of support and encouragement by way of friends and family, product designers, fellow entrepreneurs, advisors, and are proud to bring SlumberPod to market.

Between the two of them, Katy and Lou have nine children and lots of experience traveling with them.

Company website | Katy Mallory LinkedIn | Lou Childs LinkedIn

(You can find a clip of Katy and Lou’s Shark Tank pitch here.)

Mike Blake, Brady Ware & Company

Mike Blake, Host of the “Decision Vision” podcast series

Michael Blake is the host of the Decision Vision podcast series and a Director of Brady Ware & Company. Mike specializes in the valuation of intellectual property-driven firms, such as software firms, aerospace firms, and professional services firms, most frequently in the capacity as a transaction advisor, helping clients obtain great outcomes from complex transaction opportunities. He is also a specialist in the appraisal of intellectual properties as stand-alone assets, such as software, trade secrets, and patents.

Mike has been a full-time business appraiser for 13 years with public accounting firms, boutique business appraisal firms, and an owner of his own firm. Prior to that, he spent 8 years in venture capital and investment banking, including transactions in the U.S., Israel, Russia, Ukraine, and Belarus.

LinkedIn | Facebook | Twitter | Instagram

Brady Ware & Company

Brady Ware & Company is a regional full-service accounting and advisory firm which helps businesses and entrepreneurs make visions a reality. Brady Ware services clients nationally from its offices in Alpharetta, GA; Columbus and Dayton, OH; and Richmond, IN. The firm is growth-minded, committed to the regions in which they operate, and most importantly, they make significant investments in their people and service offerings to meet the changing financial needs of those they are privileged to serve. The firm is dedicated to providing results that make a difference for its clients.

Decision Vision Podcast Series

Decision Vision is a podcast covering topics and issues facing small business owners and connecting them with solutions from leading experts. This series is presented by Brady Ware & Company. If you are a decision-maker for a small business, we’d love to hear from you. Contact us at decisionvision@bradyware.com and make sure to listen to every Thursday to the Decision Vision podcast.

Past episodes of Decision Vision can be found at decisionvisionpodcast.com. Decision Vision is produced and broadcast by the North Fulton studio of Business RadioX®.

Connect with Brady Ware & Company:

Website | LinkedIn | Facebook | Twitter | Instagram

TRANSCRIPT

Intro: [00:00:02] Welcome to Decision Vision, a podcast series focusing on critical business decisions. Brought to you by Brady Ware & Company. Brady Ware is a regional, full-service accounting and advisory firm that helps businesses and entrepreneurs make vision a reality.

Mike Blake: [00:00:21] Welcome to Decision Vision, a podcast giving you, the listener, a clear vision to make great decisions. In each episode, we discuss the process of decision making on a different topic from the business owners’ or executives’ perspective. We aren’t necessarily telling you what to do, but we can put you in a position to make an informed decision on your own and understand when you might need help along the way.

Mike Blake: [00:00:39] My name is Mike Blake, and I’m your host for today’s program. I’m a director at Brady Ware & Company, a full-service accounting firm based in Dayton, Ohio, with offices in Dayton; Columbus, Ohio; Richmond, Indiana; and Alpharetta, Georgia. Brady Ware are sponsoring this podcast, which is being recorded in Atlanta per social distancing protocols. If you like to engage with me on social media with my chart of the day and other content, I’m on LinkedIn as myself and @unblakeable on Facebook, Twitter, Clubhouse and Instagram. If you like this podcast, please subscribe to your favorite podcast aggregator and please consider leaving a review of the podcast as well.

Mike Blake: [00:01:13] Today’s topic is, should I pitch on Shark Tank? And this is a cool episode to do for a lot of reasons. Obviously, Shark Tank is a fascinating phenomenon. It’s an attempt to put the American entrepreneurial dream on stage in a microcosm in sort of a miniaturized format. And I’m going to speak very vaguely about that because I’ve actually never watched the show start to finish. Maybe I watched five minutes or so, and I’ve watched the recording of the pitch of our guests that are coming on today.

Mike Blake: [00:01:51] But searching around, I looked it up, and Shark Tank has been around since 2009, which is a remarkable run for a television show and a remarkable run for a television show of the type that it is. But I think one of the things that really gives it its legs, if you will, is the fact that it does encapsulate something that we, as Americans, really romanticize, which is the one big shot, right? It’s Hollywood meets Silicon Valley. And just as entertainers want to be discovered, so do entrepreneurs want to be discovered.

Mike Blake: [00:02:30] And it’s an interesting form in the respect that most companies that get funded with venture capital are either software-based or they’re trying to cure a disease, for the most part. And neither of those things is bad, I’m not going to criticize either one, but the fact of the matter is, then, if you have a business where somebody has, for example, a consumer product, as we’re going to talk about today, the channels to go find that investment are frankly less clear. And so, it’s a fascinating phenomenon.

Mike Blake: [00:03:10] And our guests are a couple of folks I’ve known for a number of years. They’ve come to my office hours back in the days when we had office hours in person. I think I’m going to resume those back in August or so. And they ultimately took it all the way, which is just fantastic. And they’re such nice, humble people. You never know that they’ve produced the success that they have, but you’re going to feel the same way after you hear them. As I do, you’re going to be thrilled for every bit of success that they have.

Mike Blake: [00:03:46] And joining us today are Kate Mallory and Lou Childs, who are a mother-daughter team, who are co-founders of SlumberPod. They appeared on Shark Tank in 2020 – this is last year – and received an investment offer. And I’m putting it that way for a reason because I know a little bit about how the show works and we’ll learn more about that. But SlumberPod is the first portable privacy sleep nook that allows babies to sleep in their safe and familiar play yard or travel crib with room to sit up or stand up inside.

Mike Blake: [00:04:12] The patent-pending SlumberPod solves the age-old problem of getting a good night’s sleep while sharing a room with your little one. And I’ve been there. We’ve had two little ones, and we had some bloodshot eyes in those days. Babies and toddlers can easily nap in bright or distracting conditions approved for indoor use only.

Mike Blake: [00:04:28] Now, the other interesting thing is this is almost, really, if we’re honest about it, a kind of a side gig. Katy is also Director of Internal Communications, and Sales and Marketing at Cox Automotive here in Atlanta, and Lou is an adjunct professor of marketing at La Grange College. Kate and Lou, welcome to the program.

Lou Childs: [00:04:47] Thank you, Mike.

Kate Mallory: [00:04:49] Thank you, Mike.

Lou Childs: [00:04:49] So good to be here.

Mike Blake: [00:04:51] Yeah. And thanks for coming on. I know you have a lot of demands on your time. And also, I’m sure a lot of people want to talk to you because you’re, now, big stars. So, for the audience that has not heard of SlumberPod, what exactly is it beyond what I said? And how did you come up with the idea?

Kate Mallory: [00:05:12] Sure. So, you talked a little bit about the challenge we solve for, and that is the story of our product’s inception. So, my husband, Dan – who Mike happens to know, which is how Mike and I originally met – and I were visiting my mom for Christmas – what would that be – seven years ago? And our daughter, who was a great sleeper at home in her own private room with blackout shades, she slept so well at home, but we had to share a room at my mom’s house because it was filled with a lot of other family members, and there were blinds on the windows, but they didn’t really keep out the flood light that was right outside the window. And our daughter kept waking up, and seeing us across the room, and not being able to go back to sleep. So, we were thinking this would be a magical time of being together with family with our year-and-a-half-old daughter, and it turned out to be anything but that because we were miserable, and sleep-deprived, and we ended up going home a day early because we slept for two or three hours a night for those two nights that we were there.

Kate Mallory: [00:06:19] And as we were leaving and swearing off traveling any time soon, my mom said, “Gosh, there’s got to be something out there that you could buy that would help with this problem. Surely, you’re not the only one who deals with this.” So, I looked online for some kind of privacy barrier that goes over a crib, or a pack and play, or a play yard, and I couldn’t find anything. So, for a little while, when we finally were comfortable traveling again, we started bringing to cheap camera tripods with us, and a sheet, and ponytail holders or twist ties to attach the sheet to the tripods. And that created a temporary wall that kept our daughter from being able to see us and hotel rooms, but it didn’t solve for keeping her entire sleeping space dark. So, light was coming in through the shades or the curtains. She was still up at 5:30 or 6:00 in the morning. If she had to take a nap, it wasn’t dark in there. We were still tiptoeing around, looking at our phones under our covers or hiding in the bathroom. So, that certainly helped, but it was cumbersome to set up. It didn’t solve all the problems.

Kate Mallory: [00:07:27] So, flash forward to summer of 2016, when I was on maternity leave with twins, my mom very generously offered to spend a few months with us, helping us get on our feet as a family of five. And it was during that time that she said, “Katy, we’ve got this time together. You and I are both really industrious. We’re going to be watching these babies take naps. Why don’t we get serious about inventing a solution?” And so, we did. We filed for an LLC, I believe, in June 2016. And that’s when we got really serious about making what is now known today as SlumberPod.

Mike Blake: [00:08:03] Now, the other neat part of this, and I could make it a second show, but we won’t get into that today, but I mean, the dynamic mother-daughter working together. Mothers and daughters don’t always necessarily get along that well that you can start an entrepreneurial company together and be successful. And I know I’m going off the script here, but I think that’s okay. I am curious as to what is it about your relationship that’s made you be able to work together so successfully?

Lou Childs: [00:08:32] That is a really great question. And Katy and I have had what we found out now to be a unique mother-daughter relationship in that we have always gotten along. Katy’s a little bit of an old soul. So, in her teenage years, there weren’t a lot of rebellion. I’m also a pretty open person. I don’t typically overreact when something happens. I try and understand things from everybody’s point of view. So, she felt real good about bringing me issues, or problems or things that we talked through. So, we actually are really good friends.

Lou Childs: [00:09:21] I felt no, I guess, hesitation in getting a business together, because we know each other’s strengths and weaknesses. We know how each other reacts under stress or when the chips are down. And we both are really resilient. We have a lot of energy. We’re very determined. We do speak our mind, but we do so in a way that is respectful and loving. So, I can only think of maybe one time when maybe I was tired or Katy was that we just had to say, “Okay, we we need to go to bed, and we’ll reconvene on this topic tomorrow.” Otherwise, we talk things through really well. It’s been a great journey together, honestly. And the wonderful thing is I thought we were close before, but we’re really close now. So, it’s been a blessing.

Kate Mallory: [00:10:22] I was just about to say that that I feel incredibly fortunate that I get even more time with my mom than my siblings because of this business and what we’ve started together. And I have to brag on my mom too because one could think like, “Oh, what’s your mom going to bring to the table? She’s getting closer to retirement age.” And that could be nothing further from the truth. She’s one of the most technologically savvy people I know. She is a problem solver. She’s like, “Oh, the code needs to be updated on the website. I can do that, or I can implement this new piece of software, or I’ll research which review platforms will work the best and which integrate with our other systems the best.” She’s a dynamo.

Lou Childs: [00:11:03] Thank you. I enjoy it.

Mike Blake: [00:11:04] Well, I have a feeling I’ll get a lot of emails from people asking for your email address, Lou because people will want to be adopted. So, good for you, guys.

Intro: [00:11:13] What’s with more at this point?

Mike Blake: [00:11:16] So, what gave you the idea? I mean, you went through that process, what was a leap from starting the business and developing the product? Why go on Shark Tank? I mean, I haven’t really seen the show, but you probably have. And I know that not every entrepreneur’s experience on the show is awesome. What motivated you to think about that and try that?

Lou Childs: [00:11:42] So, first off, getting on the show is like a needle in a haystack. So, 40,000 people apply every year.

Mike Blake: [00:11:51] 40,000, wow!

Lou Childs: [00:11:53] Yes, every year. So, when we realized when we went on Amazon and after the first five months of being on the market, we had $150,000 in sales and we said, “Why not? We’re crazy. We really do love to have a lot of fun.” As those of you who have seen our pitch can see that we’re in pink pajamas with shark slippers. But we just said, “Hey, what the heck? We’ve got Delta miles. Let’s pick a spot and go stand in line and be in the casting call.” And that’s exactly what we did.

Lou Childs: [00:12:36] Katy is so good at public speaking. I’m a great sidekick and I’m a lot of fun. Of course, during the pitch, I forget my lines and the producers thought that was hilarious. But I think we’re endearing. I think that people kind of feel once they get to know us that they want to be our friend. So, it was easy. It was easy to just say, “Hey, what have we got to lose? We’ve got a great story, and let’s go have some fun.” And that’s what we did. And I think it really paid off that we had that attitude.

Kate Mallory: [00:13:16] My mom mentioned, Mike, that we had some sales, and I wanted to expand on that a little bit because from watching the show, which I think we both seen every single episode over the last 11 years, we’ve seen that when companies have no revenue or their only revenue is Kickstarter or Indiegogo campaigns, they really get the the ninth degree from the Sharks because the Sharks don’t feel like there’s enough to go on to feel confident investing. So, having that revenue and not just $5000 of revenue, but I think when we applied, what would you say, mom, it was more than $200,000 or $150,000 or something like that when we first applied? And then, by the time we recorded, we had $600,000 or $650,000 in revenue in just a couple of months. So, that made us feel confident.

Kate Mallory: [00:14:10] Of course, there is the exception of The Comfy, which is a brand that Barbara Corcoran invested in that was pre-revenue, but she just really felt like those entrepreneurs were magnetic and she went out on a limb and invested in them. But historically, that’s not the case.

Mike Blake: [00:14:27] And what’s interesting about that is in Atlanta, and really I think throughout the southeast among entrepreneurs, there’s a frustration among many entrepreneurs that angel investors really want companies that already have revenue, right? And I think, somehow, that a lot of them think that they’re kind of being picked on or the south is just a lousy place for investment. And what you’re talking about on Shark Tank, and those are very accomplished investors, right, they know what they’re talking about, it’s interesting that even they, when they’re on television and it’s as much entertainment and for them, brand building as it is making an actual investment, they’re still wanting to see that there’s some sort of customer validation out there.

Kate Mallory: [00:15:09] Absolutely. And another little disclaimer is that we had two private investors invest in us before we even had, really, a minimum viable product. And that is a result of maybe personality, but also some some privilege and connections as well. So, that helped us get off the ground because it is really challenging, especially with a product that has a pretty high manufacturing cost to do all the safety testing, and the marketing, and the market research and the product development. So, I feel where we feel for entrepreneurs who can’t get that seed money to get started. And we look forward to being able to get back.

Mike Blake: [00:15:48] It really is tough to get that money. And you’re right, those connections really help because I think – well, you tell me, but in my experience, when I’ve seen those pre-revenue investments happen, as much as anything that I think the investor is doing it because they want to just give you a chance to succeed. And then, if they get their money back, they’re thrilled, but they’re not looking at it like they’re JPMorgan saying, “I’m going to make a gazillion dollars out of this,” right? And that’s just the kind of way that capital works. Silicon Valley is an exception. It’s just that, right? You can get a few million dollars for a vaporware kind of thing but, man, it’s exception rather than a rule. You guys built it. You built it the right way. And I think you were clearly acknowledged for that.

Lou Childs: [00:16:36] Thank you.

Kate Mallory: [00:16:37] Thank you.

Mike Blake: [00:16:38] So, I’ve got to ask you because I did watch your pitch, I actually watched it a couple of times. And you had them rolling in the aisles when you were showing them kind of how people were trying to create dark spaces for their kids, right? And the canopy that you’re putting on the playpen with the jumper cables, and then that poor woman was trying to put tin foil over the window. I mean, it was just hilarious. Did you make those up, or are those kind of urban legends, or did you actually hear of somebody you know, somebody who actually tried to do those things?

Kate Mallory: [00:17:15] Seriously, people try, or do, have done those things. The jumper cable I’ve only heard once. But seriously, somebody did tell us that. I’m in a lot of mom groups, so that I can monitor for people mentioning SlumberPod. And I’ve seen people say, “Hey, I don’t want to buy a SlumberPod. It’s really expensive. What do I do?” And you’d be surprised how many people say, “Oh, we just drape a blanket over the pack and play,” which that doesn’t sound safe, or “We bring trash bags and we tape them to the windows,” or “We ask for a wheelchair-compliant hotel room,” which that’s kind of sketchy, “big enough to set up the pack and play inside. And then, we go down to the lobby in the night to use the bathroom.” So, the stories are are wild.

Lou Childs: [00:17:58] Oh wow!

Kate Mallory: [00:17:59] It really is crazy. And one little aside about the lady who was on Shark Tank with us, she actually was a customer, and we’d never met her, but she was such an enthusiast of our product that we invited her to come on the show with us.

Lou Childs: [00:18:12] And her son sleeps – and still does to this day, and he’s over three years old – he slept in a SlumberPod every night and every nap. So, I mean, even that day, he had napped in SlumberPod. But we filmed mid or late afternoon – I can’t remember exactly what time – and for him to be put inside a SlumberPod at a time when it wasn’t nap time, and who are all these people, and what are all these lights, of course, he was upset, he couldn’t figure it out, but the the pack and play was might. So, his little cries were a lot louder on TV than they were in reality.

Lou Childs: [00:18:55] But yeah, I mean, it was a challenge to keep going, but you’re given one take. So, we were in front of them almost an hour. And then, of course, they edited it down to seven minutes that you see on TV, but there were also a lot more laughter that you missed. So, one of the things that people that watched our episode missed was Laurie and Robert got inside a SlumberPod together and were talking about how dark it was. And Katy said something about this being an HR violation, and everybody just howled. So, we had a lot of fun taping that shed.

Mike Blake: [00:19:37] Well, you know, and I think it shows because I cannot – I mean, I did not realize it for first seven minutes of video. I guess it makes sense, but for seven minutes of video, you had an hour of actual material. I mean, I’d pay money into a Kickstarter to get whatever didn’t make the edit. I mean, that’s just got to be hilarious. And then, you have a crying child, which given what you’ve described, is predictable, right? It would have been surprising if you didn’t have a crying child in the background kind of in retrospect. And I’m curious, did you have that plan? Did you sort of think about, “Okay, what if he’s screaming his head off during the entire thing? How are we going to handle it? Or do we push through it?” Or was that was that just something that just came up and you had to deal with?

Lou Childs: [00:20:28] We thought about it, but didn’t really think that it would be a big deal if he whimpered or made some noise. I guess I didn’t realize that. Like Robert said, “Those are real tears. Damn it.” I didn’t realize that he would get that upset, but I think we handled it pretty well. Elizabeth, his mom was right there with them, scooped him right up, settled him down. I think he was just perplexed by the whole situation, but you just have to keep on going and no harm.

Kate Mallory: [00:21:12] That brings us to another key takeaway about the experience, especially for your listeners who might be interested in applying, is that being entertaining is critically important. So, if you go out there, and you’re low energy, and you’re boring, they might not take your episode to television because they record well more than how many they need. And we know people who went all the way out there, bought all the things for their set, taped it, and then it never ended up showing. So, while that crying baby may have hurt some of our ability to sell product, some people say, “Oh, that’s kind of scary. I don’t want my baby in that,” it certainly helped us make it to television because entertainment level is key.

Mike Blake: [00:22:00] Well, I think it’s just authenticity too. I mean, if you’re a parent for more than 10 seconds, you just realize that crying babies are a part of life. And sometimes, as a cause, you can address. And sometimes, there just isn’t. A baby just sometimes going to cry, and that’s just what there is to it, right? So, let’s walk it back a little bit. I’m really curious about what the process is. After you sent in an application, they tell you somehow, “Congratulations, we’d like you to be on Shark Tank, or go through some process,” what is that like? Were there are a lot of phases? What were the phases like? What did you have to do? How long did that? Can you to take us kind of through that timeline?

Kate Mallory: [00:22:42] Sure. So, some of it we’re under NDA about, of course, but we can still tell you quite a bit about what the experience was like. So, right now, I believe you can only apply for Shark Tank through video submissions, they might bring back the live auditions at some point, but we have the choice of submitting a video or doing a live audition. And we thought that we would have more of a chance of moving forward if we did the live audition because if we could really capture their hearts and minds in that one-minute opportunity, that would be much more telling than if a company re-records their pitched 300 times in order to get the perfect cut. So, that was one thing that we did.

Kate Mallory: [00:23:25] And it took, I don’t know, two weeks or so to hear back with, “Hey, you’re proceeding to the next step,” but with every step, they want you to submit either some paperwork or some other materials that tell more of your story. And then, of course, you’ve also got all the background checks and things like that that go along with it because they want to make sure that they’re investing their time and resources in people who don’t have criminal records or who haven’t been sketchy in some other way in the past.

Kate Mallory: [00:23:54] But the whole process took about four months from interviewing or auditioning, to being flown out there, but they do record for several months. We happened to be one of the first companies of that season to go out and interview. But you’re assigned producers, who were incredibly helpful in helping us put together like a storyline for our pitch. And since my mom and I are marketers by background, we blended their recommendations with some things that we thought would work well. But overall, it was a really neat experience.

Kate Mallory: [00:24:31] But to be honest, we kept asking ourselves, “When is this going to fall apart?” because certainly with how many people apply for this opportunity every year, are we really going to make it all the way to the end? And even once we taped, we had to say, “Okay, let’s not get too excited because it’s possible that it won’t end up happening, and they could pull us off the air at any point in time.” And with that, we had a lot of nondisclosures we had to sign. In fact, that’s a funny story that my mom could share real quick, if we have a second.

Mike Blake: [00:25:05] Yeah, please.

Lou Childs: [00:25:05] So, one of the steps in the process along the way, you have to send additional videos, but we had to script our pitch. And so I happened to be on an anniversary cruise with my husband, and the next video was due. So, in the NDA, it says you can’t tell anybody that you have gone beyond the casting call. So, I had not told my husband that we were doing this-

Mike Blake: [00:25:36] Wow!

Lou Childs: [00:25:36] … and we were on our way. I love my husband, but he can’t keep a secret. So, I mean that it would be on the next billboard in downtown Atlanta if I mentioned it. So, I had to send him on an excursion while Katy and I taped a Zoom call of us doing this pitch together. And then, we go out and we film in June. So, we still don’t know, are we going to be on the show or not. So, season 11 started that night during the season premiere. I said, “Oh, Tripp, let’s watch the season premiere. Shark Tank is going to be on.” The intro video has me and Katie running out of the set with our pink pajamas on. So, I’m looking at Tripp, and he’s looking at the TV, and then he looks at me, and he’s mad at first, and he’s like, “Oh, my God. You’re going to be on Shark Tank.” So, that’s how he found out.

Mike Blake: [00:26:39] That is funny. So, you must have had to go so far as to tell him you’re flying out to California and make up something like this.

Lou Childs: [00:26:48] I did. And I made up a story.

Mike Blake: [00:26:50] How did you sound, you think?

Kate Mallory: [00:26:50] But to meet with investors. We were going to meet with investors, which we were.

Mike Blake: [00:26:55] Okay. Well, that’s true.

Lou Childs: [00:26:55] I think I told him I was going to a conference.

Kate Mallory: [00:26:58] Oh, yeah. Yeah, maybe that. I told some people I was going to meet with investors.

Lou Childs: [00:27:03] There was a little bit of a white lie.

Mike Blake: [00:27:03] That is a howl. So, okay. So, this brings me then to a very natural question because I know that you’re – as I recall watching the video, you received two offers to invest in the company, right? You selected one because you liked it better. Was it by Lorie Greiner? Is that who? Who was it, the one you ultimately selected?

Lou Childs: [00:27:25] Barbara is the one we selected.

Mike Blake: [00:27:25] Barbara, that’s right. Barbara. See, I don’t watch the show.

Lou Childs: [00:27:29] And [crosstalk] gave us a licensing deal after he called it Slumber Prison.

Mike Blake: [00:27:38] Well, look, I would imagine they also have a specific persona they want to perpetuate to stay on the program. I wonder if they’re a little different in person than they are kind of on TV.

Lou Childs: [00:27:50] I loved it. It was funny.

Mike Blake: [00:27:50] So, even – I mean, I would have thought that after you’d agreed to accept an investment that you would have thought you’d still be on TV. But even then, there’s no guarantee, I guess.

Kate Mallory: [00:28:03] There is none.

Mike Blake: [00:28:05] So, now, from what I read, the investment part, the offer part is a little bit theatrical, right? Because it’s not a binding commitment to make an investment. Really just sort of as an effect. In my world, we just call that a letter of interest. Basically, a letter of intent. And then, they had to kind of do what they were going to do to be comfortable with the investment. So, are you under NDA for that or can you talk about what that process was like after offer to ultimately getting a deal done?

Kate Mallory: [00:28:37] So, actually, you have picked great timing for recording this podcast because we were under NDA until, I think, last month on how that all panned out. As you alluded to, Mike, what happens on TV, there’s more to it than what you see. And it’s true that when we went out there and presented that not one of those sharks knew anything about our company. So, they had blank pieces of paper. They don’t get a lineup of who’s going to come out there. And everything that we shared, we represented ourselves accurately. We memorized our answers, we had flash cards, we decided in advance who would answer which questions. We really worked hard to be buttoned up and got some good help in order to do that.

Kate Mallory: [00:29:25] But after that, that’s when the due diligence starts. And we worked with somebody from Barbara’s team, a guy named Mike Stevens, who was really lovely. And he met with us, at least, once a week for several months to go over any questions that he had to get our feedback on things. He requested documents, meeting notes, and financial projections and things like that. And he told us that while we were one of the most buttoned-up pair of entrepreneurs that he’d ever met, and he was very impressed by us, and Barbara was very impressed by us, and how they expected that we had a really bright future, ultimately, they decided not to move forward with investing in us because they hoped that we were already on retail shelves.

Kate Mallory: [00:30:11] We never said we were. We were one hundred percent honest and saying we’re on Amazon and on our own website, but we’re in discussions with retailers, but that was their rationale. So, they backed out, but that meant that we got all the exposure and didn’t have to give away any additional equity. And we didn’t need the money at that point. We were cash positive. So, really, it worked out the best way it could. I suspect that it’s something like 30 percent or less of the deals that go through on TV end up going through in real life because of the things that I just mentioned, but it’s sure still was a wonderful experience that we feel was worthwhile.

Mike Blake: [00:30:53] You know, and you bring up an interesting point that I don’t think is appreciated as investors are not infallible. And investors, when they get excited about a story, they can sometimes fill in gaps that they don’t realize they’re filling in gaps, right? And then, they hear, for example, that you’re selling $150,000 of product, and they therefore assume that either you’re already on store shelves or you have that in your plan. They just didn’t bother to ask that question.

Lou Childs: [00:31:23] No, they did. They did ask that question. So, that’s an even more fascinating part of it. And the other funny thing, for people who do watch the show that are listening, is you hear different reasons for why they want to not move forward. And sometimes, “We wish you were only online because the margins are better.” And other times, it’s “We wish you were in with retailers.” So, which is it? Because certainly, our online sales do really well for us, especially those on our website but-

Kate Mallory: [00:31:23] It might that the investors have a certain number that they strive to go through with and a certain percentage. And they say yes on TV knowing that a certain percentage of them are going to turn to nets.

Lou Childs: [00:32:10] Cast a wide net.

Mike Blake: [00:32:12] Yeah. Well, I think that’s interesting in terms of the inside baseball because I think if you’re not paying attention, you think that that’s an actual deal that’s happening in real time. And it’s a little bit of a deal, it’s happening, but not the deal, deal with the capital deals happening.

Lou Childs: [00:32:30] My only regret is that we didn’t get to go on Barbara’s trips because I really think she is an amazing businesswoman and such fun to be around. If you follow her on social, she is a hoot. And I would have loved to have gotten to know her personally.

Mike Blake: [00:32:50] Now, did you have a patent? Or I guess, you have a patent pending? Was your patent pending by the time you’re on Shark Tank?

Kate Mallory: [00:32:57] We were patent pending by that point. We filed for a provisional patent in the fall of 2016, and we converted that to a utility patent application about a year later. If you could believe it, we actually are still pending. We’ve had my numerous-

Mike Blake: [00:33:17] I believe it.

Kate Mallory: [00:33:17] … request for additional extensions. They call them RCEs. What does an RCE stand for? I should know this as an inventor but office actions, and appeals, and things like that. But we’re still working through that, but are confident that we’ll be able to come up with a few explanations for our claims that will allow us to be unique enough to receive that patent. But that’s something that definitely creates a little bit of stress and anxiety for us because we want our product to have that intellectual property protection, and it really is a moat that is hard to dig without it.

Mike Blake: [00:34:00] We’re talking with Katy Mallory and Lou Childs from SlumberPod. And the topic is, should I pitch on on Shark Tank? So, you weren’t allowed to tell anybody about the outcome until the thing actually was on air? How hard was that?

Lou Childs: [00:34:18] It was especially hard after we were in that intro video and people started coming up to me who watch Shark Tank and say, “I saw you on the Internet radio. You’re going to be on Shark Tank.” And I was like, “Oh, I don’t know for sure.” And we were so scared. But it was not hard to tell the outcome because that was easy to keep a secret because people know you can’t share that. But once the cat was a little bit out of the bag, it was really hard to hold back talking just about being on the show in general.

Kate Mallory: [00:34:58] I am-

Mike Blake: [00:34:59] [Crosstalk].

Kate Mallory: [00:34:59] Go ahead, Mike.

Mike Blake: [00:35:00] No, please go ahead.

Kate Mallory: [00:35:02] I was going to say I’m such an open book, it was hard to keep a secret because I just share everything. I think I had a co-worker asked me what I’d done lately, and I was like, “Oh, we just went to California. My mom and I did. And that was fun.” And I wasn’t even thinking. And he said, “What were you doing in California?” I said, “Oh, we were meeting with some investors.” And he said, “You weren’t on Shark Tank, were you?” And I was like, “Ah.” I wasn’t-

Mike Blake: [00:35:26] Why on earth would you say that?

Kate Mallory: [00:35:28] Yeah, I wasn’t expecting to get asked that. But I was really relieved, like my mom, once we showed up on that promo and then eventually got an air date because then we could talk about it a lot more. But it was tough to maintain or keep the excitement inside. And that is a memory that will hold on to forever how much fun everything was.

Lou Childs: [00:35:54] We’re in groups with other entrepreneurs. We’re in a Facebook group with – how many are in there? Like 40, Katy? – that are baby products. And several of those companies have applied and been on Shark Tank. So, it’s really fun to watch other people’s journeys. I have actually encouraged several people that I know that are entrepreneurs, and a couple of them are in the pipeline right now. So, I think it’s fun to be on this side and be a cheerleader for other people who are going through the same process. Now, we can’t help them because of the NDA process where we’re not allowed to be a part of whatever they’re doing, but I certainly encourage people to just go do it. Why not?

Kate Mallory: [00:36:49] I do have to add, though, that there’s been one time where somebody called me and was asking about going on the show, and I had to be very diplomatic but say, “I don’t think it’s going to be successful for you.” It’s a company that had no revenue, a Kickstarter campaign that didn’t end up meeting its goal. And she said, “Well, what if somebody just really believes in me?” And I said, “Well, there’s about a one percent chance of that, maybe five percent. And I don’t want to discourage you, but maybe this isn’t the right timing. Maybe you need to try again with a smaller goal on one of those fundraising things. And then, get product in people’s hands. But otherwise, I’m just afraid you’re going to get torn apart. And I hate to tell you that, but that’s also, I think why you called was to get my honest take.”

Lou Childs: [00:37:38] Yeah, good point.

Mike Blake: [00:37:40] Look at you now. You’re having office hours of your own.

Kate Mallory: [00:37:42] Hilarious. But she said, “Well, maybe another investor will see me on the show, and call, and want to invest even if I don’t get a deal on the show.” And it doesn’t often work like that, unfortunately. But most of the companies we talked to, we’re able to encourage them, especially if they have revenue, to go for it.

Mike Blake: [00:38:04] Yeah. The reality is that getting somebody to invest in a startup is hard, and it’s supposed to be hard, right? There’s just a lot more ideas out there and companies than there are dollars to fund them. There’s a scarcity. And for what it’s worth, I think, not only to think about the company, but I think you gave them good advice is that there’s always a chance you can get something funded. Bad deals get funded all the time. Is that a good thing or not? Who’s to say? But if you hang around long enough, you may run into that one person that finishes your sentences, and they just totally get it. You don’t have to explain. The next thing you know, you got $100,000 or a quarter of a million dollars in the bank.

Mike Blake: [00:38:46] You’ve mentioned a couple of times along the way that you had people help prep you for the Shark Tank experience. You can mention names or not, it doesn’t matter to me, but I’m just curious, what kinds of advices? What advice were you seeking? How did you work with them?

Lou Childs: [00:39:05] One of the things that they really require a lot of due diligence on are financials. So, we worked with a contract CFO to do projections and just help us with all of our financials. We also took the opportunity to get our books cleaned up because, boy, were they a mess and we didn’t know it. So, it was really a great wakeup call for us on the financial side, which is not one of Katy and my strong suits. So, it was really great timing for us to have that happen. Katy, what else can you think of?

Kate Mallory: [00:39:49] I was going to just add that that contract CFO, we literally asked her to pull about 20 different numbers out, so that when they said, “What’s your-” We know our landing costs but other margin numbers, we had all those memorized. And I wouldn’t have trusted myself to go and look at the spreadsheets and make those calculations myself. So, yeah, that was a huge, huge, huge help, I’d say for Shark Tank, those were the biggest pieces. And there, obviously, had been a lot of other vendor partners along the way who helped us with things like product development and manufacturing as well, because it takes a village, especially for a small company.

Mike Blake: [00:40:27] I think that what you talk about, as you described the financials, I think that’s so underrated. Accounting is just not sexy. I get it. I’m doing this. I’m a partner with a CPA firm. Accounting is not sexy, but boy, when you don’t have it right, you miss it. And I do think and this is underappreciated, “When people ask me what can I do to make my company more saleable?” have great accounting records, haven’t be bulletproof, have financials somebody can look at and they just know that they’re right and that you know they’re right. It gives you a lot of confidence. So, I did not expect you to spend so much time describing working on that, but I’m glad that you did. And I am very confident that’s why you received that comment that your “So buttoned up.”

Lou Childs: [00:41:16] I believe you’re right, because we had it all clean. And anything they ask us, we had an answer for whether it was during the taping or during due diligence.

Kate Mallory: [00:41:28] The only numbers thing I was really worried about was having to do math on the fly for our evaluation because I know that a lot of times, we went in asking for $400,000 in exchange for 20 percent of our company, and I was afraid they would ask, like, “Hey, we’ll do $400,000 , but I want 30 percent of your company,” and that I would have to then calculate what that made our valuation. And I’m a journalist by background. I am so comfortable looking at graphic design and writing articles, but oh, I would not have done well in accounting classes or finance classes. So, that terrified me and actually almost brought with me a little index card that had a cheat sheet of if they say this and this and it means this. But I ended up leaving it in our trailer at the last minute thinking they probably wouldn’t like me relying on something that was in my pocket. So, that was another reason why I was thrilled that they offered us our original request because I didn’t have to do the math.

Mike Blake: [00:42:33] Yeah, it was interesting. I think the comment was that they thought you were selling yourselves too short.

Lou Childs: [00:42:40] Yes, they spent a lot of time telling us that we really didn’t need an investor, but then Barbara’s comment was, “I’m going to take advantage of you.”

Mike Blake: [00:42:50] Yeah, and you know what? I think too. I think to an extent, that may have been right. So when did the program air, and when did you learn that you were going to be on Shark Tank?

Lou Childs: [00:43:07] That’s an interesting story, and dovetails with what Katy said earlier about some companies never make it to TV. So, we were originally slated for very early November. So, they give you two or three weeks in advance of your air date. And because we were on the intro video, we kind of suspected that we were going to air, but most entrepreneurs don’t have any idea until they get that email three weeks in advance that says, “Okay, here’s your air date, and you can start talking about it.”

Lou Childs: [00:43:43] So, we got that email, and we immediately started blasting social media that we were going to be on Shark Tank. Well, about five days later, we get another email saying, “Oops, no. Your date has changed. You are now the first.” I think, was it Sunday night then or Friday night? I can’t remember. Anyway, the first week of January 2020. And come to find out, one of the companies that was slated to be in our episode was ditched.

Mike Blake: [00:44:16] Oh, really?

Lou Childs: [00:44:16] So, it was replaced by another company and those people never aired.

Kate Mallory: [00:44:21] And the episode – so we tried out in February, early February. We recorded in early-ish June, was going to air in November, but then got pushed out to early January. So, more than six months past after we recorded. But we also know a company that recorded our same day, and she ended up finding out her episode wasn’t going to air. But then, during COVID, they pulled some of those cut segments out of the archives, and she did end up airing about a year and a half later after recording. So, you never know what’s going to happen.

Mike Blake: [00:44:55] That’s TV, I guess.

Lou Childs: [00:44:56] But we had the luxury that a lot of Shark Tank entrepreneurs don’t have in knowing for many weeks that we were going to be on Shark Tank. So, we started promoting it when they told us in late October, all the way through to January. We really felt that that boosted our November and December sales on top of it being holidays. People were like, “Well, when they get on Shark Tank, their inventory is going to sell out. So, we better order it now.”

Mike Blake: [00:45:33] So, now, you’ve had some distance. I don’t want to have you reveal proprietary data, but where is the company now? And how much did your Shark Tank experience impact your success?

Kate Mallory: [00:45:48] That’s a great question. So, we don’t know for sure. I’ll start with the latter part of the question. So, we don’t know for sure what our sales would have been like if we had aired in November, but we have a feeling they would have been a little bit higher following our appearance because that was in advance of Thanksgiving and other winter holiday travel. So, with the new air date, that was after people had bought Christmas gifts, Hanukkah gifts, then doing all their traveling. And so, with less money available, had already done their traveling, they probably thought to themselves, like, “Oh, I’m going to earmark this for a later date, but I might not purchase right now.” Our website traffic was up like 20x, but sales were only, I don’t know, two and a half or three times more than usual for that day and a half or two days following the show.

Kate Mallory: [00:46:42] So, I took off work. We cleared our calendars, so that we could answer any social media questions and the barrage of emails that would come in, and we didn’t get as much of that as we expected at that time, which felt a little disappointing in the moment. But we now recognize that it’s all about the long tail. It’s not just about how you’re going to do immediately following your airing. So, we are able to have “As seen on Shark Tank,” on our website. It mentions it on our Amazon listing where members of these, I don’t want to say elite, but exclusive communities of people who were on Shark Tank where we can share best practices and network, and you’re only in because of that opportunity.

Kate Mallory: [00:47:29] So, even with it not being quite the sales boom that we expected, we recognized that it all worked out really well. And we went on after – let’s see, when we recorded, we’d done about $600,000 in sales, mostly in that calendar year. And then, we ended up almost – let’s see, we did $1.5 million for the back half the year.

Mike Blake: [00:47:56] Okay.

Kate Mallory: [00:47:56] So, we did really well. And then, we doubled that in 2020. And then we’re looking like we’ll probably double that again this year.

Lou Childs: [00:48:04] Or more.

Mike Blake: [00:48:05] I would think so, especially now that people are going back to traveling if you’re able to grow when travel is at a standstill.

Lou Childs: [00:48:12] That’s right.

Mike Blake: [00:48:13] Right. I mean, now, the gloves are off. Well good for you guys. Ladies, this has been, really, just a fun talk. Learned a lot of things I did not expect to learn today. And other people may want to kind of get your advice, maybe a thing about Shark Tank or a similar program like, I don’t know, Dragons Den or whatever it is. If they want to get your advice like you’ve been able kind enough to give out, can they contact you? And if so, what’s the best way to do that?

Lou Childs: [00:48:42] I think the easiest way for people to remember how to get in touch with us is just to email our customer service. It’s contact@slumberpod.com. And then, our customer service team can forward it either to me or Katy. And we’ll get back to them as soon as possible.

Mike Blake: [00:49:02] All right. So, just mention to them that you heard them on the Decision Vision Podcast. They know that you’re not Riff-Raff trying to get in. And I’m sure they’ll be happy to take care of you. So, this is awesome.

Mike Blake: [00:49:14] That’s going to wrap it up for today’s program. I’d like to thank Katy Mallory and Lou Childs so much for joining us and sharing their expertise with us. We’ll be exploring a topic each week, so please tune in, so that when you’re faced with your next business decision, you have clear vision when making it. If you enjoy this podcast, please consider leaving a review of your favorite podcast aggregator. It helps people find us, so that we can help them. If you like to engage with me on social media, with my chart of the day and other content, I’m on LinkedIn as myself and @unblakeable on Facebook, Twitter, Clubhouse and Instagram. Once again, this is Mike Blake. Our sponsor is Brady Ware & Company. And this has been the Decision Vision Podcast.

 

 

Tagged With: Brady Ware & Company, Katy Mallory, Lou Childs, Mike Blake, Shark Tank, SlumberPod

Decision Vision Episode 120: Should I Change Careers? – An Interview with Lauren Fernandez, The Fernandez Company

June 10, 2021 by John Ray

The Fernandez Company
Decision Vision
Decision Vision Episode 120: Should I Change Careers? - An Interview with Lauren Fernandez, The Fernandez Company
Loading
00:00 /
RSS Feed
Share
Link
Embed

Download file

The Fernandez Company

Decision Vision Episode 120: Should I Change Careers? – An Interview with Lauren Fernandez, The Fernandez Company

Lauren Fernandez tells her story of “taking the law degree down off the wall in an executive office, putting it away in a closet, and putting on a hairnet and clogs.” Lauren joined host Mike Blake to discuss both the successes and difficulties of her career journey moving from corporate counsel to restaurant owner/operator. Decision Vision is presented by Brady Ware & Company.

The Fernandez Company

The Fernandez Company specializes in helping restaurant brands grow from 2 units to 20 and beyond. Lauren Fernandez is fully immersed in the restaurant industry as an operator, developer and executive with deep business and industry understanding. The Fernandez Company generates new revenue streams for companies, particularly in the food & hospitality industries. They diversify revenue streams outside the four walls of a restaurant by creating new channels of revenue in the areas of organic expansion, franchising, product development and licensing. They create this growth for their clients through their process of strategic consulting, management support and investment.

Company website

Lauren Fernandez, Principal and Founder, The Fernandez Company

Lauren Fernandez, Principal and Founder, The Fernandez Company

Lauren is the founder of The Fernandez Company, the culmination of nearly two decades as a trusted brand consultant and legal advisor with all kinds of clients, from start-ups to multinational companies, to private equity and investment firms.

She consults with companies in all aspects of restaurant and franchise development, brand licensing, product development, and market implementation. Lauren is an expert in multi-national product development and commercialization in the heavily regulated food, alcohol, pharmaceutical, and medical industries.

As a co-founder and investor in Origin Development Group, Ms. Fernandez has been both a multi-unit franchisee and brand developer, serving as a strategic growth partner for companies such as Chicken Salad Chick®. Lauren also served as the General Counsel for FOCUS Brands where she led both the legal team and franchise administration and was instrumental in the rapid growth of the licensing program.

Prior to joining FOCUS Brands, Lauren was part of an elite team at Novartis/CIBA VISION that successfully launched the company’s first new product in over a decade. She started her career in one of Atlanta’s most respected Intellectual Property Boutiques, Gardner Groff.

Lauren holds an undergraduate degree from Stetson University, as well as a Juris Doctorate and MBA from Emory University. She serves on the Advisory Board for the Atlanta Community Food Bank.  She also is a dedicated fundraiser for The Leukemia & Lymphoma Society and was named the 2015 Woman of the Year by the Atlanta Chapter.  She is a native of the Tampa Bay area but has lived in the Atlanta area for nearly two decades.

LinkedIn

Mike Blake, Brady Ware & Company

Mike Blake, Host of the “Decision Vision” podcast series

Michael Blake is the host of the Decision Vision podcast series and a Director of Brady Ware & Company. Mike specializes in the valuation of intellectual property-driven firms, such as software firms, aerospace firms, and professional services firms, most frequently in the capacity as a transaction advisor, helping clients obtain great outcomes from complex transaction opportunities. He is also a specialist in the appraisal of intellectual properties as stand-alone assets, such as software, trade secrets, and patents.

Mike has been a full-time business appraiser for 13 years with public accounting firms, boutique business appraisal firms, and an owner of his own firm. Prior to that, he spent 8 years in venture capital and investment banking, including transactions in the U.S., Israel, Russia, Ukraine, and Belarus.

Brady Ware & Company

Brady Ware & Company is a regional full-service accounting and advisory firm which helps businesses and entrepreneurs make visions a reality. Brady Ware services clients nationally from its offices in Alpharetta, GA; Columbus and Dayton, OH; and Richmond, IN. The firm is growth-minded, committed to the regions in which they operate, and most importantly, they make significant investments in their people and service offerings to meet the changing financial needs of those they are privileged to serve. The firm is dedicated to providing results that make a difference for its clients.

Decision Vision Podcast Series

Decision Vision is a podcast covering topics and issues facing small business owners and connecting them with solutions from leading experts. This series is presented by Brady Ware & Company. If you are a decision-maker for a small business, we’d love to hear from you. Contact us at decisionvision@bradyware.com and make sure to listen to every Thursday to the Decision Vision podcast.

Past episodes of Decision Vision can be found at decisionvisionpodcast.com. Decision Vision is produced and broadcast by the North Fulton studio of Business RadioX®.

Connect with Brady Ware & Company:

Website | LinkedIn | Facebook | Twitter | Instagram

TRANSCRIPT

Intro: [00:00:01] Welcome to Decision Vision, a podcast series focusing on critical business decisions. Brought to you by Brady Ware & Company. Brady Ware is a regional full-service accounting and advisory firm that helps businesses and entrepreneurs make visions a reality.

Mike Blake: [00:00:20] Welcome to Decision Vision, a podcast giving you, the listener, clear vision to make great decisions. In each episode, we discuss the process of decision making on a different topic from the business owners’ or executives’ perspective. We aren’t necessarily telling you what to do, but we can put you in a position to make an informed decision on your own and understand when you might need help along the way.

Mike Blake: [00:00:39] My name is Mike Blake, and I’m your host for today’s program. I’m a director at Brady Ware & Company, a full-service accounting firm based in Dayton, Ohio, with offices in Dayton; Columbus, Ohio; Richmond, Indiana; and Alpharetta, Georgia. Brady Ware is sponsoring this podcast, which is being recorded in Atlanta per social distancing protocols. If you’d like to engage with me on social media with my Chart of the Day and other content, I’m on LinkedIn as myself and @unblakeable on Facebook, Twitter, Clubhouse, and Instagram. If you like this podcast, please subscribe on your favorite podcast aggregator, and please consider leaving a review of the podcast as well.

Mike Blake: [00:01:13] So, we’re sort of continuing an impromptu mini-series here about how the workplace has changed and is changing as a result of the pandemic, and what we’re seeing in this trans-pandemic period as more people become vaccinated and the economy continues to reopen and resume, or achieve some semblance of normalcy. In the last few weeks, we’ve covered talking about hiring people with criminal records, we’ve talked about hiring people with disabilities. Last week, we published a conversation on attending and sponsoring live events.

Mike Blake: [00:02:01] And today, we’re going to talk about the labor force a little bit from a different angle, and that is changing careers. Should I change careers? And the labor market is behaving in a way that most of us have not seen in our lifetimes. I can’t remember anything even approaching this since maybe the dotcom bubble of the late ’90s. But even this, I think, frankly, is a different animal because it’s much more economy-wide as opposed to technology-specific. And what we’re seeing – at least what I’m seeing – is that our society’s relationship with work has changed. And I don’t think any of us really saw this coming to this extent.

Mike Blake: [00:02:49] Now, there’s a notion that there were some canaries in the coal mine. Labor force participation has been on the decline for the last decade or so. But really not to this extent. I think most of us, myself included – I’m certainly no great theoretical mind here – thought that once we all had the opportunity to return to work that we would do just that. You know, we’ve heard about everything from Zoom fatigue, to isolation depression, to everything in between. And now, instead, we’re finding ourselves with labor shortages. We’re finding that people are demanding more to be enticed to go back into the workforce.

Mike Blake: [00:03:40] And I think a lot of people, frankly, have simply rearranged their priorities. They’ve said, “Look, life is too short and I’m willing to make a little bit less, maybe even a lot less. I’m willing to adjust my lifestyle or our lifestyle of two income family going to one in order for us to build the lives that we want.” And that’s putting employers and business owners in a little bit of a bind. So, like, you can put a gun to people’s head and force them to go back to work.

Mike Blake: [00:04:09] And one of the other dynamics that I think is changing or is occurring – and I think it is a good thing economy-wide even though I think that there are clearly some industries that are a bit victimizes and a little bit flatfooted, I think, for fair – is, I think, people are also changing careers. They’ve taken the time that they had in the last year, whether they were laid off, they were furloughed, forced to get out of the workforce because they had family care obligations or health concerns or whatnot, and happily, instead of just sort of sitting around and watching Jeopardy reruns or whatever they do on daytime TV – do they do soap operas anymore? I have no idea. I don’t miss them.

Mike Blake: [00:04:51] But, anyway, you know, people are now retooling to assume a different career or maybe the first career they’ve had in their lives. And so, I think the topic of changing careers in this environment is particularly timely because, you know, my life experience tells me that for every one person that’s changed or is changing their career, there are another five or six out there that are actively thinking about it.

Mike Blake: [00:05:21] And I’ll leave with this before I introduce our guest. I saw quote actually this morning by Adam Grant, who is the author of a fantastic book that I read earlier this year called Atomic Habits, and many other important business books. And he’s a professor and a researcher of organizational theory at Wharton. But he wrote that, “It’s better to lose the past two years of progress than to waste the next 20.” I thought that was kind of profound. And if you look at the data, the average U.S. worker may expect to have something like 11 jobs in their lifetimes. But how many people actually change careers? That data is pretty sketchy and all. I saw numbers out there, there’s nothing I thought was sufficiently robust that I want to quote it. But I’m sure people don’t change careers 11 times in their lifetimes. But we are very fluid work sources is the point.

Mike Blake: [00:06:11] So, joining us to talk about this – she’s a recidivist. This is her second time on the program – is Lauren Fernandez of the Fernandez Company. At the Fernandez Company, they generate new revenue streams for companies, particularly in the food and hospitality industries. They diversify revenue streams outside the four walls of a restaurant by creating new channels of revenue in the areas of organic expansion, franchising, product development, and licensing. They create this growth for their clients through their process of strategic consulting, management support, and investment.

Mike Blake: [00:06:45] Lauren is the founder of the Fernandez Company. The culmination of over a decade of practice as a trusted brand consultant and legal adviser with all kinds of clients, from startups to multinational companies. Before forming the Fernandez Company, Lauren served as the general counsel for Focus Brands, where she was instrumental in the rapid growth of licensing program. She holds an undergraduate degree from Stetson University and a JD and an MBA from Emory University. She serves on the advisory board for the Atlanta Community Food Bank, and is a dedicated fundraiser for the Leukemia and Lymphoma Society, and was named 2015 Woman of the Year by them for raising nearly $95,000 in less than three months for cancer research. She’s a native of the Tampa Bay area but has lived in the Atlanta area for over 15 years. Lauren Fernandez, welcome back to the program.

Lauren Fernandez: [00:07:29] Hey, Mike. Thanks for having me back.

Mike Blake: [00:07:31] So, I’d love you just to start and tell us kind of in your own words, what is the background for your own career change? You know, I only learned recently – and, again, one of the fun parts about this program is I learn things about people, sometimes people I’ve known for a lot of years and things just never came up. But I learned that you, in fact, started out as an attorney before you became the restaurant maven that you are. Tell us about that origin story. How did that all come to be?

Lauren Fernandez: [00:08:05] So, I knew I wanted to be a JD/MBA. I knew I wanted to go to law school, but was pretty adamant on going to a school that had a top 20 MBA and law program. And entering several of them chose oddly enough, it was like birds singing, tulips everywhere. It was just a beautiful April spring day when I visited here and it made the Northeastern schools I was looking at pale by comparison.

Mike Blake: [00:08:34] Clearly, you don’t have allergies, but go ahead.

Lauren Fernandez: [00:08:36] I’m constantly on Claritin, actually point of fact. But I really enjoyed my visit to Atlanta. It was relatively close to my home base in Florida. And here I ended up, and I’ve been here for over 19 years. And so, my journey is a little bit about the balance between my law degree and my MBA. And in fact, when I finished the program at Emory in 2006, it was a tough time. The economy was already starting to tank a little bit.

Lauren Fernandez: [00:09:05] And I got some really good advice from another in-house counsel who was also a JD/MBA and she said, “Listen. When you leave, if you decide to go practice marketing, you’re going to miss an opportunity to be apprenticed at a law firm and really learn what it is to practice law. And it’s very hard to go back and do that later if you choose a law career later.” And that couldn’t have been more right.

Lauren Fernandez: [00:09:29] I was extremely fortunate to land at Gardner Groff, a very storied and long tenured boutique intellectual property firm here in Atlanta. And they brought me on and taught me the basics of intellectual property, and litigation, and licensing, and product development. And for that, I am eternally grateful because that’s a huge investment in young lawyers to have to train them up. And I was there for a little over three or four years before I moved in-house.

Lauren Fernandez: [00:09:55] And that was the first of many steps I took in my career to move closer and closer to the business of my clients. Because as an attorney, I always viewed my role as really understanding the business so I could put the proper context around the problem and help them navigate into white space, not necessarily to make decisions for my clients, even with respect to the legal risk, but more or less risk management and kind of moving into white space.

Lauren Fernandez: [00:10:24] And so, I landed at a division of Novartis here in Atlanta, which at the time was called CIBA Vision, and is now Alcon post-merger. And I became their associate general counsel and global head of trademarks and domain names. So, they took two roles and smooshed them together for me. I was just really so fortunate to land right at the exact time they were doing a major product dev. It was the first time they had pulled a product dev of R&D in ten years. So, I got to be part of a billion dollar product launch in over 148 countries, which is right in my wheelhouse. And that experience was phenomenal.

Lauren Fernandez: [00:11:02] But as things happen, you know, the company changed. We went through a merger. And I was working through kind of what my next step would be within Novartis and kind of talking to them about that when I got a phone call one day from an MBA friend of mine who, you know, we have a good working relationship. We were also good friends outside of work. And she would call me from time to time just to ask a trademark question, a licensing question, what have you. And she said, “Would you come and meet with our CEO?” And I said, “Yeah. Sure. What’s going on?” And she said, “Well, I sort of printed out your LinkedIn profile and he wants to talk to you.” And I was like, “Oh, okay.” So, that was the origin story of how I ended up at Focus Brands.

Lauren Fernandez: [00:11:40] Focus, at the time, was looking for, not only in-house legal counsel, but also someone who had specific expertise in product development and licensing to help grow their program. And so, when I went to Focus and made that decision, I was leaving a former career behind. Which, for most lawyers, that’s a very lucrative golden handcuffs all the way in-house job and working for a phenomenal company. I loved working there.

Lauren Fernandez: [00:12:03] But when I made the leap, I made it specifically for one reason. I met with the CEO at the time, Russ Umphenour. I was very compelled that he saw me as a business person. And that he wanted to invest in me and teach me the ropes of restaurants and franchising. And really felt like it was important for me to get training. And so, I went over. I met the executive team, the rest of the brand presidents, the rest of the C Suite. And I thought, “If I’m going to make this jump, I’m going to make it to here because this is where I’m going to get the training that I need to really be in an industry that’s more aligned with who I am personally and professionally.”

Lauren Fernandez: [00:12:40] And so, it wasn’t too much of a leap as an attorney because most intellectual property matters is fully translatable. And to the extent that you do product dev and it’s in regulated markets, that’s Food and Drug Administration. So, drugs being obviously a little harder in some cases to get through for approval. So, moving over to food was a pretty easy leap in that respect. So, off I went to Focus and that was yet another kind of step in my career. And I think I got a lot of flack from that from people who were in my peer group were like, “What are you doing leaving pharma? That’s ridiculous.” And I said, “No. I like the runway I have with this company. It makes sense.”

Lauren Fernandez: [00:13:19] So, I went over to Focus. I headed up their legal department for over three years. Grew it from me and a part-time paralegal to a team of over 24 people. Ran the legal department and the franchise administration, at the same time that was helping grow the licensing program and a lot of their international deals. So, it was a wonderful place to learn from other executives. I just really had a phenomenal talent group around me and the peers there. And I can’t speak highly enough about that leadership.

Lauren Fernandez: [00:13:50] And, you know, again, things just change. So, about three years in, we had a leadership change and things just got shuffled. And it was just starting to feel like that time. I was getting calls, recruiters were calling. And it was just an interesting moment. It was a pivot point in my career. And I had been a general counsel at that point for three years. And I was in my mid-30s and I thought, “I have really checked the box on my legal career. I feel, really, like I’ve done it all. I really want to move more into the business side.”

Lauren Fernandez: [00:14:21] And one of the things that kept happening, Mike, was I was going on these interviews for, you know, publicly traded food companies, restaurant companies. I was meeting with CEOs, meeting with boards. And their vision of what a general counsel would look like and talk like was very different than how I was used to operating – more involved in the business, engaged in finding white space, brainstorming, really charting a path for the company. And it was just making me feel really sick to my stomach. I just had this like really bad pit about it. Even though the jobs are all super lucrative and really interesting, it didn’t really feel aligned with my compass at that point.

Lauren Fernandez: [00:15:01] And I’ll never forget this. I went out and had lunch one day with my former CEO-mentor and I told him, “This isn’t lining up. I’m having trouble finding another CEO who looked at me the way that you did and treated me like a business partner.” And he said, “Yeah. Kind of like good luck with that.” And he said, “Why don’t you own a restaurant? Like, why don’t you actually operate a restaurant? That’s something you haven’t done.”

Lauren Fernandez: [00:15:27] And, Mike, in the industry, a lot of restaurant executives come up in the industry. And I had a very different background. I have a college degree and two postgraduate degrees. And, yeah, I’d worked in hospitality and restaurants. But, you know, summer jobs and never, like, actually really gotten handed to me in a restaurant, so to speak. And, you know, I took that advice and it stuck with me and I couldn’t shake it. So, I started, literally, shopping for franchises. I had some money to invest and I thought, “Okay. Let me find one that maybe I can buy by myself and I’ll operate it as a business. And then, I can hire someone to help me run it.”

Lauren Fernandez: [00:16:08] And so, around that time, I had started the Fernandez Company as our consulting firm, which still exists. We do a lot of consulting work around product development, lines of revenue around licensing, and product dev especially for restaurant companies. And I had a decent client base and things were going, but I still wanted to kind of invest in a restaurant. So, I’d been looking for about a month. And I bumped into – through a mutual friend – an investor who actually ended up becoming a business partner of mine. And we formed Origin Development Group for the sole purpose of going out to find restaurants to invest in, and to grow, and operate, and, hopefully, realize some benefits out of that.

Lauren Fernandez: [00:16:52] So, we started Origin, and I became a restaurant operator within, maybe, six months. We ended up closing a deal to purchase three Chicken Salad Chick restaurants and the entire territory for Atlanta, Augustine, and Athens for the brand. And three years later, we had 11. We had three nontraditional locations and we had three more locations under development when we ended up selling the entire company’s assets, in fact, all the Chicken Salad assets, over back to Chicken Salad Chicks parent company. So, it was very much like a slow progression and then a sudden progression into restaurant operations.

Lauren Fernandez: [00:17:35] But what I will say from that was, every step that I took in my career was towards the goal of getting more and more and more onto the business side. And I think, for me, one of the important risks that was certainly worth it with Origin was, I had ownership in the company. So, I wanted to be able to help steer the boat. I had an assumption of the development obligations, like actually opening restaurants, but also the daily operations of the restaurants themselves.

Lauren Fernandez: [00:18:02] So, that was certainly an education by experience. And I learned more in that three year period than I think I did in my entire four years at Emory. And that is saying a lot, because they’ve packed a lot into that for years at Emory. Because I think there’s nothing that can really substitute when you are losing money in a restaurant and you’re trying to figure out where you can cut and make sacrifices and drive profit margin is the most real world education of a profit and loss statement. And, suddenly, all of these things that I had learned in grad school were coming so alive for me and so real. And so, they were tools in my belt that I hadn’t really used and really those muscles I hadn’t flexed before. And really being able to put them into good use in our restaurants was extraordinary.

Lauren Fernandez: [00:18:51] And then, just continuing to learn. Like, we had great support in the field from the brand. We had a wonderful franchise business consultant. The ops team was fantastic. So, I was just like a sponge. I constantly was asking every manager, “Why do you do that that way? Who taught you that? Like, tell me more.” And I just became almost annoying in how much I was asking why questions to get them to teach me. And I think that that just takes a little bit of humility. But I really was hungry to learn a little bit more about restaurant operations and to be a really good operator.

Lauren Fernandez: [00:19:28] And where that part of the story ended, and that brings us to where I took a sabbatical to help figure out what I wanted to do next. But that was the progression, really, from intellectual property attorney to restaurant owner. You know, of course, until we get to the place where we’re operating Full Course today, my restaurant development and investment firm.

Mike Blake: [00:19:53] So, you know, so many interesting things to kind of go back and pick on, and we will. The first question I have is, what made you want to get into law in the first place? And the reason I ask that question is because the follow up question is going to be, I seem to know a lot of people that trained to be lawyers and then didn’t last very long in the industry. One of my closest friends, he was my RA in college just moved to New Zealand, but he lived here in Atlanta for a long time. And after getting his law degree, it took him about a year before he went into technology, basically. So, the first part of the question is, why did you want to get into law? And then, we’ll come back to the second part in a second.

Lauren Fernandez: [00:20:38] Yeah. Great question. Wow. So, throughout high school, my parents were very much like, “Hey, look. You’re good at a lot of stuff, but let’s try some different things so that you can narrow it down.” I think if you ask them, they were probably super concerned that I would go and try and do too much at college, which happened anyway. But, you know, I did a whole summer with marine biology, like rescuing turtles and dolphins and doing necropsies. It was an experience. And then, I really loved architecture and construction. I did a whole summer with Habitat for Humanity.

Lauren Fernandez: [00:21:17] So, my parents very much encouraged me to have practical experience. And one of those experiences was specifically working or summer interning in high school with a law firm. And I think it was actually my dad who suggested = he’s a physician. And my mom, at the time, was an R.N. and working on her PhD in mental health and counseling. We have all this medicine in the family. And I was kind of like, “I don’t know what to do, but I don’t think I want to do that.” And my dad said, “You know, you’re in moot court. You do all this public speaking stuff. You’ve done all these competitions at science fair where, arguably, the science is great but what you’re really good at is pitching what you’ve done. Why don’t you go intern with one of our lawyer friends?” And that was really where it started.

Lauren Fernandez: [00:22:06] And I just fell in love with it. I mean, I loved the bates numbering, like this numbering on. I’m so organized and really kind of compulsively so. So, they had this big litigation going on. I got to, like, Xerox stuff and collate things. And I was just asking questions about the case the whole time. And it kind of sucked me in. At the time, I was an unabashed, like, completely obsessed with Law and Order, which is criminal law. But it seemed to be a good fit. And everyone who knew me was like, “Oh, yeah. Obviously, she’s going to be a lawyer.”

Lauren Fernandez: [00:22:36] So, what was really funny was, I did get a scholarship as part of my undergrad to go prelaw. But when it came down to it and I took the LSAT and everything was groovy, my mom became pretty critically ill and had lymphoma. And so, I took a year between college and grad school and kind of just put everything on pause. And in that time, 9/11 happened. So, we really had to do as a family, I mean, with my mom being sick, and with 9/11, and the economy suffering as a result, there was a lot going on.

Lauren Fernandez: [00:23:13] And so, I had a chance to reevaluate what I wanted to do. And, really, when it came down to it, I had already taken the LSAT. It was fairly easy for me to take the GMAT. I think that’s what it was, the GMAT. And start applying to JD/MBA programs because I had a very narrow window of time. We had come back from cancer treatment with my mom. They had just allowed air travel again. It was just a very crazy time.

Lauren Fernandez: [00:23:36] And I remember sitting there with her typewriter – people, a typewriter because this is back in, like, 2001 or 2002. We’re sitting there like banging out the applications on the typewriter. And I remember her saying to me, “You have to apply to a JD/MBA program. You just have to.” She’s like, “You’re going to be behind a desk running a company someday. You’re going to want that MBA. Don’t just pick schools that have both really good programs.” And I was like, “Okay.” And so, we narrowed it down and applied to, like, five or six schools. And that was just really what got it going.

Lauren Fernandez: [00:24:14] And I’m going to be honest, Mike, I got to law school. In about three months in, my mom got sick again. And I was away from my family and I had a complete meltdown. I mean, something had happened at school, you know, one of those classic stories of someone hiding a book in the library actually happened. I was like, “This is ridiculous. Like, these people are crazy.” And I called my lawyer-mentor friend back at home, and I said, “Should I leave? Like, I don’t know that this is really for me.” And he said, “No. You should stay. You should see this through. The first year is always the hardest. Just see it through. Next year, you can start your MBA program. It’s going to be okay.”

Lauren Fernandez: [00:24:56] And so, I really struggled. My biggest problem was I loved my MBA program so much. And this is after I had already enjoyed my law training. And there’s a special product commercialization and development track at Emory called the Tiger Program, which I think I might have been the first or the second graduating class.

Mike Blake: [00:25:16] I’ve been a teacher for them.

Lauren Fernandez: [00:25:17] Yeah. Okay. Great. Full circle here. I love the program. At the time, it was run by Margo Bagley, who’s phenomenal. And I really loved my law experience there. And then, I love the business school even more. So, for me, it was just like popping out of that program, I was like, “Which path do I take?” And as I mentioned earlier, I ultimately made the decision to become an apprentice, effectively, lawyer as a junior lawyer and associate at a law firm. So, hat’s how I ended up in law to start with.

Mike Blake: [00:25:52] So, I’m curious – this is only relevant to a segment of the audience, but it’s my show, so I got to ask the questions. And that question is, I seem to see a lot more people change careers from law than from any other professional field that I can think of. I’m curious if your experience is like that, too. And if so, why do you think that is?

Lauren Fernandez: [00:26:17] So many thoughts here, but I’ll try and keep it short. So, first and foremost, the United States pumps out, like, four times as many lawyers every year as any other country in the world. So, it’s my personal opinion that we pump out a lot of lawyers. There’s a lot of adults who go to law school. And it, you know, seems like a professional career that can be translated into multiple different things. And for reasons that you just mentioned, like, I know multiple attorneys who never sat for the bar, or sat for the bar and practiced for a year and then transitioned to something else.

Lauren Fernandez: [00:26:55] And so, I think there’s a bit of a mythology out there that you can use a law degree for whatever you want. Well, true. But the law degree also costs three years of your life and you’re roughly $200,000, probably even more now.

Mike Blake: [00:27:09] Probably more now, yeah.

Lauren Fernandez: [00:27:09] I’m just throwing that out there. I mean, of course, there’s state schools and everything. And I had scholarship money. So, it is what it is. But I think there’s a cost benefit analysis that needs to happen there. I remember my dad, I was 21, 22, sitting down with me and forced me to make an Excel spreadsheet on the ROI of me going to Emory over another school that was literally going to pay me in addition to paying everything else, is going to pay me $11,000 a year to go to school there. And he was like, “Prove to me why you need to do this.” And I did the math for him and I showed him my payoff timeline and all this kind of stuff, which, of course in the economy that ensued was not really what happened. But that’s a story for another day.

Mike Blake: [00:27:53] No way you could’ve know that.

Lauren Fernandez: [00:27:54] I don’t regret it at all. I love my Emory experience. I’m a huge proponent of the school. Just to say that. I do think that that’s number one, is, there is a lot of lawyers that are kind of getting pumped out into the market. So, that’s kind of number one. Number two is, in the United States – and I’m going to just compare this to Spain, where I have a little bit more, like, firsthand knowledge – the process of going to law school doesn’t necessarily teach you practical skills as an attorney. That is shifting a little bit more as we get a little more progressive. But it’s still very Socratic method, the same first year for everyone.

Lauren Fernandez: [00:28:34] And so, it is considered unusual to have a very heavy practicum load where it’s practical application of law and teaching you actual legal skills. So, when you come out of law school, you don’t even know what you don’t know. I mean, you basically know how to take the bar. And that’s about it. So, true to my form, when I was in high school and in college, I took every internship opportunity that was offered to me at Emory. I think I had a total of four, maybe even five, that I got credit for and was able to actually get my foot in the door at a couple of companies. I worked at Cingular Wireless, which then became AT&T. I worked at Coke twice on the legal side and on the marketing side, and various other places.

Lauren Fernandez: [00:29:19] But, you know, I don’t think that we really invest time in training lawyers how to be lawyers. You pop out and then you basically have another two to three years of learning how to be a lawyer. And that means a firm usually has to invest in you to really give you that level of training and expertise. So, imagine coming out of grad school. You’ve got all this debt. You know, you are sitting in a chair in a firm, probably not making the cushy salary that you thought. And your life is, literally, you draft a document and it’s blood red with red lines because that’s the accepted method of teaching young lawyers how to be a lawyer. You red line the heck out of their work and you go over it with them. If you’re lucky, you have a partner who will, like, review it with you and coach you and mentor you.

Lauren Fernandez: [00:30:08] And, you know, every single minute of your day is accounted for. You have a billable rate. You have to bill a certain number of hours a day, and that has to be collected dollars that they’re not writing off as a firm. So, that’s your efficiency ratio. So, you’ve just effectively come out of a three year program. You have a graduate degree. You’ve got a square after — for being those ratios. And it’s just facts. I mean, it’s just how law firms make money. It’s how the system works. And, now, there are a variety of different models that are different these days. But that can be a very soul crushing experience.

Lauren Fernandez: [00:30:55] I just will speak for myself. I had a great firm. I had wonderful mentors. But, literally, two years in, I was sick to my stomach with the stress, literally. And it wasn’t until I went in-house that that went away. And the only other time in my life I’ve ever had that feeling of, like, extreme exhaustion and anxiety was when I was operating 11 restaurants and trying to juggle too much. And I kind of burned myself out. This is, you know, 15 years later. But that is a very stressful environment. And you’re being paid to put your opinion out. And it’s always a judgment call, right?

Lauren Fernandez: [00:31:38] It’s never black and white. That’s why lawyers have a job. They’re shades of gray all in the middle. And that’s why lawyers are important in what they do in assessing and managing risk for clients. And especially in intellectual property, where there’s very clear deadlines on patents and trademark filings for copyright matters, there’s always the looming monster of malpractice. So, I think that this has sort of created this blender, maybe, or it just chews people up. And some people thrive in those environments. You know, my brother and my sister-in-law are still attorneys and practice. And I have plenty of friends and peers who still work and practice in the industry.

Lauren Fernandez: [00:32:28] But I think there is a side to it where it’s not necessarily aligned with what a lot of people think it’s going to be. And there’s also that perpetuation of like, “Oh, I just finished college.” I have heard this said, law schools are very accepting and embracing of applicants. You don’t have to have any experience. Meanwhile, over in my business program at Emory, I was probably the least experienced business person that got into our program. And I already had a full two pager business resume that had nothing to do with law. And so, it’s just a jump from college to law school. And so, I think that’s part of it, too. I’m sure I missed some things in there.

Lauren Fernandez: [00:33:14] It’s sad to me because I think the reality is, there’s a high rate of depression amongst lawyers, alcoholism, substance abuse, and a lot of other mental health issues that, as an industry, we don’t really talk about very well. And I think that’s really sad because, I think, fundamentally, it’s a byproduct of what the kind of institutional structures of whether it’s a firm or in-house – I don’t know that it makes the difference – it’s just kind of part of how the profession works, if you know what I mean. And especially in the United States. I don’t think that it’s universally true. I’m speaking about the United States here.

Mike Blake: [00:33:53] I wonder how many people, too, go to law school because they were good students, but they don’t know what to do next.

Lauren Fernandez: [00:34:01] I mean, if I had to guess, I think it was roughly a fourth of my law school class. No joke. And I think it would be really interesting to go back now and kind of look at where they all are. And I do follow, like, a number of them on Facebook or LinkedIn. But I have noticed that it’s my JD/MBA colleagues who are the first to jump, you know, who either never practiced law or practiced to a point and then made a successful leap over into other business ventures. Oh, for sure. For sure.

Mike Blake: [00:34:33] So, let’s talk about that transition, and your story is interesting. And correct me if I’m wrong – but, one, it sounds fairly gradual. And the second, it sounds fairly organic. It didn’t sound like you had this many epiphany moments where you said, “I got to get out of A and then move into B.” Or it may have been parse to the case, I suppose, moving from billable to in-house counsel. But the rest of it sort of sounded like people were pursuing you for your skills and then kind of moving you away from practicing law directly into doing other things. Is that a fair way to characterize it?

Lauren Fernandez: [00:35:12] I think I was always looking for those opportunities. And so, one of the key things I want to say here for anyone who’s thinking of making a big leap, a big leap is really a big leap because you’re going drastically from point A to point D. And so, I knew that I wanted to get out of the law eventually and into the more business side. You know, when I was at Novartis, that could have been product moving over to product dev, that could have been moving over into the marketing department. I’m sort of was always analyzing other opportunities to kind of make that lateral move over. Because in my mind, you want to take all the aggregate skills that you’ve developed and just sort of make a lateral step over or up to help get you to the end goal.

Lauren Fernandez: [00:36:00] So, you’re right, I didn’t, like, leave Novartis and go, “Oh, I’m going to go over into Focus. And then, someday I’m going to own a restaurant.” No. I mean, I learned a lot when I was at Focus. And I saw all these franchisees, like, buying restaurants and just absolutely crushing it and just doing great as business people. And I thought, “Well, there’s something to this,” which was just sort of in the back of my mind.

Lauren Fernandez: [00:36:21] And then, when opportunities presented themselves for me to be able to do that and be more entrepreneurial, it made sense to kind of take that kind of risk. Because, to me, it was a step over as opposed to being a giant jump from A to Z. It was just so much more. It does seem more organic in that respect. But I think it was sort of always the plan. And I think the key to that, Mike, is, I’m very clear on what I’m good at, but I’m also really clear on what I’m not good at.

Lauren Fernandez: [00:36:51] And it’s something that, I think, when people are very confident and put together and poised and you look at this impressive resume, whether you see it on LinkedIn or wherever, you go, “Oh, she must have really had a plan for that.” No. But I knew myself. And, humbly, I also know what I’m not capable of and what I’m not good at. And that’s something that I used to build really great teams around me because I play to my weaknesses and their strengths, and I know how to hire for that and really how to energize and motivate people. And that’s been something that’s helped me kind of make those big junctures feel more like a sidestep.

Mike Blake: [00:37:30] You know, so that’s really interesting, the way that you characterized that. So, an overarching thread that strikes me that I think is potentially very instructive is, when you are making these career changes – I think they sound plural to me. You may disagree, but this is semantic — you are not necessarily running away from something as you are running towards something else.

Lauren Fernandez: [00:38:00] Yeah. But I just hate to characterize negatively. I’m pragmatic, but I’m very optimistic. So, I’m never going to cast the law or the practice of law in a negative light. Let’s talk about that. So, you know, there was a moment when I was sitting at my desk in Focus, we had had a change in upper leadership, and it was really late at night. And I was one of two people left in the building. And I thought to myself, “What am I doing? Is this really what I want with my life?” Really, like just had that moment, which we may call an epiphany that I was like, “You know, maybe this isn’t worth it anymore. Why am I working this hard? What am I trying to prove?”

Lauren Fernandez: [00:38:44] And, I think, if I had to really, really identify, there have been two major jumps for me. One was leaving the law and kind of starting a consulting firm and opening restaurants. And this next one, where I started my own restaurant development and investment firm. And in both of those moments, I had to let go of what everyone else thought of me. I had to let go of what everyone else thought my next career step should be. I had to not give a You-Know-What about what the next thing on my LinkedIn profile was going to be. And have the confidence that whatever I chose next was going to be, not only a learning experience, but a great experience and adventure for me.

Lauren Fernandez: [00:39:23] And that seemed more exciting to me than sitting at a desk. And I’m not going to lie, in that moment, I did some math. And I thought, you know, you think the salary is great and you think the title is great, and then you realize how hard your working is essentially less money than I was making in college, which is crazy to think about. And it wasn’t about that, though. It was just sort of having a validation moment that, “Yeah. Maybe I need to start thinking of other things.”

Lauren Fernandez: [00:39:53] And then, I have my lifeboat. They’re like my informal board of directors for Lauren. And I started putting calls into people and saying, “Hey, listen. What would you think if I told you I was going to start a consulting firm and sort of just slowly not practice law anymore?” And they were like, “Yes. You should do that. You’re good. You’ve checked the box. Your career is great. Like, no one would ever say that you left the law too early. I think you’d be great at it. You should do that.” And I started getting a lot of thumbs ups and like, “Yeah. Do it.”

Lauren Fernandez: [00:40:26] And then, you know, I did it, and it was scary. And then, I invested in some restaurants with a partner, and that was scary, too. Because I think you have to have the courage to accept that you’re kind of boldly going where you haven’t gone before. And so, you leave the comfort of being an expert and at the top of your game to not really knowing how to fix a walk-in cooler in a restaurant. It’s this big. That’s big. Like, there’s something very humbling about taking the law degree down off the wall in an executive office, putting it away in a closet, and putting on a hairnet and clogs. And that’s literally what my life became. And I did it.

Lauren Fernandez: [00:41:03] I did it on purpose because I wanted that experience and I wanted to really be able to say, as we do all the time now with Full Course, like, we’ve walked the walk. We understand it. We speak operator. We’ve been there. We’ll be there with you. So, we’re not just investing in your restaurant, we’ve actually run them ourselves. So, all of those things just to say, Mike, like, yeah, maybe we are kind of running from some things, but I think I’d rather think of it as running towards the runway. Sometimes you just hit a wall and you’re like, “I’ve done all I can do here.” And things change in companies, too. And I wouldn’t consider that necessarily as much running away as just sort of – let’s just use the phrase – finding white space or runway.

Mike Blake: [00:41:49] Good. Well, I mean, that’s exactly how your story comes across. And, you know, to me, I think that’s an important mentality. Because when you are running to something, frankly, I think that’s a mindset that puts you in a position to make a better decision. If you’re running away from something, you’re in crisis, you have emotional baggage that, I think, is associated with running away that interferes with a good intellectual decision process, and it can lead to mistakes. It doesn’t mean there weren’t negative things that were kind of nudging you towards something. It doesn’t mean that you are leaving one plane and having to move to another plane, so to speak.

Mike Blake: [00:42:34] But I do think that you’re mentality that, again, it wasn’t about running away from something. But here’s another opportunity, I’m going to grab it. I think that’s an underrated and underappreciated driver behind a successful versus a less than successful career change.

Lauren Fernandez: [00:42:54] I couldn’t have said it better. And I think the scariest moment for me was, when I literally had to create my own runway. So, I mentioned earlier I took a sabbatical. Which, anyone who knows me, I’ve been working nonstop since I was probably, about, 14. And when we sold the company, I was pretty late and 39. It was the end of December ’18, I was still 39. I was about to turn 40. And I told everyone publicly I was going to take three months off. But my husband and I knew that I was actually taking off six months to a year. And I took the full year. And I’m actually so enormously proud of that. Like, it actually gives me a little bit of a teary eyed moment.

Lauren Fernandez: [00:43:40] Because I think when you take a minute to really think about what you’ve been through, and to put some parentheses on it, and to really think hard about what you’ve learned and what you still need to learn, and what was humbling about it, where can you still grow. And having that moment, which was a year, which I’m so blessed I had that opportunity. But I think sometimes just taking that moment.

Lauren Fernandez: [00:44:08] I’m a huge fan of Ina Garten, the Barefoot Contessa. And she just reminds me of, my mom, just everything about her spirit and her personality. Plus, I love the way she cooks. And so, I went to one of her book signings and she said something to me. Literally, I was still a restaurant operator at the time that I saw the horizon because she said something so profound. It just smacked me upside the head. And I took out my phone and I started taking notes.

Lauren Fernandez: [00:44:32] And what she described was the process of selling the shop and the restaurant, Barefoot Contessa. And selling it to new owners and not knowing what to do with herself. And so, she rented this office space upstairs because she had to consult with them still. And she would just go in there and sit there and do the New York Times crossword puzzle, and read old cookbooks. And, you know, she was just basically sitting there at their beck and call. But she made a routine for herself to go in and just kind of sit there so that she could let inspiration come to her.

Lauren Fernandez: [00:45:06] And in that moment, she looked over at a coffee table and four of her favorite cookbooks were on the coffee table. And they were all published by the same publisher. And she thought, “Well, I own all the recipes. I’ve just documented them for them downstairs. Let me just fire off an email and see what happens.” She fires off an email. And the next day, they’re like, “When can you start? And here’s your advance.” And that’s how she started her first cookbook, which then led to a television show. Which, by the way, she said no to, like, four times. And then, her story of how they got her in front of a camera is hilarious, but I’ll save that for another day.

Lauren Fernandez: [00:45:45] But the moral of her story was, sometimes you just have to take time and make the time to let the next step come to you. And that year, I was probably about six months in when I really started seeing the problems that I was having as an operator, and a restaurant developer, and understanding the financing in the middle, and kind of how all of those things work together was an endemic problem with restaurant growth in our industry. And that’s why a lot of one and two unit restaurants don’t ever make it to ten, and don’t make it from 10 to 20. And by the way, that’s where the exponential ROI is for restaurant owners. It’s not in a one-and-a-half multiple times profit margin when you sell one restaurant. It’s at 11X when you sell 10.

Lauren Fernandez: [00:46:36] So, really thinking through that problem and how I could help bring up other minorities and women in ownership in the industry. And I started brainstorming with my lifeboat, with my informal board of directors. Like, “Hey, if I started a company and its stated agenda was to fix X, Y, and Z problems, what would it look like and how would we start it?” And I had the luxury of six months to plan out what it was going to look like. And then, the pandemic happened. So, I had even more time to really think about what it was going to look like, what its mission and purpose was going to be. And to create that runway for, not just me, but for our team.

Lauren Fernandez: [00:47:22] And that is hands down the most exciting but terrifying thing that I’ve ever done in my career. Because, truthfully, it’s the first time I’ve made that side step into something that I fully created. Even when I was a consultant with Fernandez Company and we started that, like, I was doing what I was doing for Focus for, you know, other companies. Like, just basically helping them on their legal issues, helping them brainstorm about how to add more revenue to their business. It was consulting work. Yes, it wasn’t legal work. But it was not as big a step as this one over to Full Course. You know what I mean?

Lauren Fernandez: [00:48:03] So, I think that there’s some magic in kind of taking that pause and really reflecting on where you’ve come from, and where you want to go next. And really building out that runway, not just for you, but for the team that you want to bring with you.

Mike Blake: [00:48:20] So, let me pause a little bit and ask you a question about Full Course. Because what I’m hearing from you is that was the first transition that you made where you really were starting and embarking on something totally new or pretty much totally new. Some might call it starting at the bottom, I don’t like that term. But maybe a flat footed start is the best way to put it.

Lauren Fernandez: [00:48:45] So, you’ve been doing that for a while now and you have an interesting knack for timing, right? You became a lawyer in the worst job market for lawyers ever. It was the Hiroshima of the job market for lawyers. But, now, you’re doing that in the restaurant industry, too, right? I mean, they’re going through charitably a seismic shift. Are you yet comfortable in that role? Or if you are comfortable, how long did it sort of take you before you felt like, “I’ve transitioned into this role and this is now me.”

Lauren Fernandez: [00:49:18] Great question. So, we signed our first clients January 1st, and that was the day I took the law degree down off the wall.

Mike Blake: [00:49:29] No kidding.

Lauren Fernandez: [00:49:30] Yeah. It’s actually rolled up in my closet. And I had a personal thing with myself and I said this to anyone who kind of gave me crap for having my degrees up on the wall, because I have gotten crap for it over my career, believe it or not. It is, but not really. If you think about the industries I’ve worked in, not really. I mean, in Novartis, it was kind of a joke because there would be patent attorneys that we worked with who had, like, three PhDs. It’s just, like, crazy smart people in the company. But I would always tell people, “I’m taking them down when they’re paid for. So, if you want to write me a check, I’ll take them down for you right now.” And I’ve been saying that for 20 years – you know, 15, 20 years. So, they are, in fact, paid for and I’m very proud of that.

Lauren Fernandez: [00:50:16] But I took them down and I put them away. I took them out of their frames and I rolled them up. And I did that because I felt like I didn’t need anyone else’s approval of what I was doing. And for the first time in my career, I think I finally shed the last layer of needing anyone else’s permission or okay or blessing to do this. And that’s a really pivotal moment. I think a lot of us get stuck in worrying about what our parents think, what our spouses are going to think, what people are going to think if they look at a gap on their resume.

Lauren Fernandez: [00:50:47] I just spoke last week to an attorney who was concerned that jumping from job A to B in less than three years was going to be problematic. And I’m like, “Are you kidding me? Not in this environment. Certainly, not at your level of expertise. Like, that’s the kind of stuff we’re worried about when we were, like, baby lawyers. Like, come on now. Like, no.” So, I think that we carry those around and it’s so heavy. And you don’t take a pause to really think about you and what you’ve learned and give yourself credit for that. And where you want to go to really challenge yourself and maximize your talents and skills. You’re going to keep listening to all of that noise. And I think that that pause is so important. It really is.

Lauren Fernandez: [00:51:37] You know, my parents have said to me my entire life, “You have an extraordinary amount of talent and skill. But what we expect of you is that you use it in service to others. You use it to the best of your ability and in service to others.” And even for me, for years, I’m not going to lie, that was a lot of pressure. That was a lot of noise. And I had to let go of that, too. Because even though that was a really huge guiding principle for me my entire career, at the end of the day, it’s not what got me to where I am in this last jump. I think that really having that pause and thinking long and hard about where I felt led to take the next step was very important.

Mike Blake: [00:52:18] We’re talking to Lauren Fernandez. And the topic is, Should I change careers? We’ll have time for a couple more questions. But there’s so many that we could ask. But one I want to make sure to get out there is, is there anything that you might do differently in terms of how you made your decisions to change or evolve your career over time? Anything you might do differently?

Lauren Fernandez: [00:52:40] Wow. Yeah. I think there’s one thing that I realize now. I was very sheepish about self-promotion, about advocating for me within the company, advocating for me professionally within my peer group. I had no issue doing presentations if I was asked or going out and helping give information out and being a part of academia, if you will. Like, sort of the academic or intellectual pursuit of what I was doing as an attorney. And indeed recognized as an expert in both licensing, branding, co-branding, and in product development as an attorney in the space. And I’m very proud of that.

Lauren Fernandez: [00:53:26] But I think what I missed as an executive, especially comparing to where my peers are at, was, the attorneys are sometimes given the shaft even inside of a company where they’re a cost center. They don’t generate revenue for the company. You know, they want to be seen but not heard. You know, it’s kind of like the Imperial Death March when I walk in a room like, da, da, da. So, I think you kind of shrink a little bit. And I think that that’s unfortunate. Because, now, I realize that I missed so many opportunities to be of value to my MBA peers, to other minorities, other women in the industry, just by being present whether that’s in LinkedIn or in the industry events. You know, I did plenty of networking, but I don’t feel like I probably was as much of an advocate for myself as I should have been.

Lauren Fernandez: [00:54:30] So, if there’s one thing that I would do differently, I think I would have taken more opportunities to stick up for myself and probably, also, to advocate and to promote myself professionally, Because your reputation is important and it’s a lot of what you do on a regular basis and showing up and having integrity. But I think, obviously, there’s a part to this that you get lost in the noise unless you have something to say and you’re not afraid to say it. And I think that that fear sometimes, probably to be fair, got in the way of me really being out there.

Mike Blake: [00:55:07] Laura, this has been a great conversation. Again, I’ve learned so many neat things about you personally. I’m just going to be very selfish of the podcast, almost beside the point. But there’s a lot here that we could have covered, and didn’t. And I know you’ve got a business to run and a weekend to get to. But, you know, if any of our listeners have a question we didn’t cover that want to go deeper into something that we did, can they contact you? And if so, what’s the best way to do that?

Lauren Fernandez: [00:55:36] Yeah. Absolutely. I absolutely love taking calls to help anybody. I love to pay it forward and have on many occasions mentored young women, minorities, everybody. So, I’m happy to talk to anyone who’s interested in shifting careers into the restaurant industry, which I cannot advocate more, especially at this time, or leaving the law, whatever the topic may be. And you can reach me at fullcourse.com. You can actually book a meeting with me directly on our website. Or you can just email me directly at lauren@fullcourse.com.

Mike Blake: [00:56:12] That’s going to wrap it up for today’s program. I’d like to thank Lauren Fernandez so much for joining us and sharing her expertise with us.

Mike Blake: [00:56:19] We’ll be exploring a new topic each week, so please tune in so that when you’re faced with your next business decision, you have clear vision when making it. If you enjoy these podcasts, please consider leaving a review with your favorite podcast aggregator. It helps people find us that we can help them. If you like to engage with me on social media with my Chart of the Day and other content, I’m on LinkedIn as myself and @unblakeable on Facebook, Twitter, Clubhouse, and Instagram. Once again, this is Mike Blake. Our sponsor is Brady Ware & Company. And this has been the Decision Vision podcast.

 

Tagged With: Brady Ware & Company, Focus Brands, franchise development, Lauren Fernandez, Mike Blake, restaurant ownership, The Fernandez Company

Decision Vision Episode 119: Should I Return to In-Person Events? – An Interview with David Walens, Exploring, Inc.

June 3, 2021 by John Ray

Exploring, Inc.
Decision Vision
Decision Vision Episode 119: Should I Return to In-Person Events? - An Interview with David Walens, Exploring, Inc.
Loading
00:00 /
RSS Feed
Share
Link
Embed

Download file

Exploring, Inc.

Decision Vision Episode 119: Should I Return to In-Person Events? – An Interview with David Walens, Exploring, Inc.

Is it the right time to go back to in-person events? Is it the right time to schedule these events and how will they look? David Walens, CEO of Exploring, Inc. shared his observations and projections for in-person events with host Mike Blake. Decision Vision is presented by Brady Ware & Company.

Exploring, Inc.

Exploring is the parent company of several unique, trailblazing Atlanta-based companies.Exploring Inc.

Their companies span a range of industries, from the exhibit and event industry to hospitality, commercial, retail, architectural, automotive, museum, and other markets.

What each Exploring company has in common, however, is a ceaseless focus on discovering truly innovative solutions and value for clients. In fact, that focus is what they look for when adding new companies to the Exploring family.

Exploring Inc. employs almost 180 people and operates in three locations, including a 150,000 square foot fabrication facility, providing a uniquely wide scope of capabilities and supported by a highly experienced, versatile, and talented team of metal fabricators, sculptors, artists, carpenters, painters, and printers. The rapidly growing company was founded in 1999 and includes ID3 Group, Chisel 3D, Atlantis Waterjet, Brumark, Shelmarc Carpets, and CGI Graphics. Exploring, Inc. has been named to the Inc. 500/5000 Inc. Magazine’s annual list of Fastest-Growing Private Companies in America six times in 2009, 2010, 2011, 2014, 2016, and 2018.

Company website | LinkedIn | Facebook

David Walens, CEO, Exploring, Inc.

Exploring, Inc.
David Walens, CEO, Exploring, Inc.

Dave has over 30 years of experience in developing and growing businesses. His ability to think creatively and strategically and his unwavering commitment to customer service are true differentiators. He has extensive experience in exhibit design and construction, event fabrication, graphic production, flooring production, and project management. This experience, combined with in-depth industry knowledge and expertise enables Dave to assist companies in reaching their strategic marketing objectives as efficiently and as effectively as possible.

Dave has been CEO of Exploring, Inc. for 22 years. He has a degree from Kennesaw State University.

LinkedIn

Mike Blake, Brady Ware & Company

Mike Blake, Host of the “Decision Vision” podcast series

Michael Blake is the host of the Decision Vision podcast series and a Director of Brady Ware & Company. Mike specializes in the valuation of intellectual property-driven firms, such as software firms, aerospace firms, and professional services firms, most frequently in the capacity as a transaction advisor, helping clients obtain great outcomes from complex transaction opportunities. He is also a specialist in the appraisal of intellectual properties as stand-alone assets, such as software, trade secrets, and patents.

Mike has been a full-time business appraiser for 13 years with public accounting firms, boutique business appraisal firms, and an owner of his own firm. Prior to that, he spent 8 years in venture capital and investment banking, including transactions in the U.S., Israel, Russia, Ukraine, and Belarus.

Brady Ware & Company

Brady Ware & Company is a regional full-service accounting and advisory firm which helps businesses and entrepreneurs make visions a reality. Brady Ware services clients nationally from its offices in Alpharetta, GA; Columbus and Dayton, OH; and Richmond, IN. The firm is growth-minded, committed to the regions in which they operate, and most importantly, they make significant investments in their people and service offerings to meet the changing financial needs of those they are privileged to serve. The firm is dedicated to providing results that make a difference for its clients.

Decision Vision Podcast Series

Decision Vision is a podcast covering topics and issues facing small business owners and connecting them with solutions from leading experts. This series is presented by Brady Ware & Company. If you are a decision-maker for a small business, we’d love to hear from you. Contact us at decisionvision@bradyware.com and make sure to listen to every Thursday to the Decision Vision podcast.

Past episodes of Decision Vision can be found at decisionvisionpodcast.com. Decision Vision is produced and broadcast by the North Fulton studio of Business RadioX®.

Connect with Brady Ware & Company:

Website | LinkedIn | Facebook | Twitter | Instagram

TRANSCRIPT

Intro: [00:00:02] Welcome to Decision Vision, a podcast series focusing on critical business decisions. Brought to you by Brady Ware & Company. Brady Ware is a regional full service accounting and advisory firm that helps businesses and entrepreneurs make visions a reality.

Mike Blake: [00:00:21] Welcome to Decision Vision, a podcast giving you, the listener, clear vision to make great decisions. In each episode, we discuss the process of decision making on a different topic from the business owners’ or executives’ perspective. We aren’t necessarily telling you what to do, but we can put you in a position to make an informed decision on your own and understand when you might need help along the way.

Mike Blake: [00:00:40] My name is Mike Blake, and I’m your host for today’s program. I’m a director at Brady Ware & Company, a full service accounting firm based in Dayton, Ohio, with offices in Dayton; Columbus, Ohio; Richmond, Indiana; and Alpharetta, Georgia. Brady Ware is sponsoring this podcast, which is being recorded in Atlanta per social distancing protocols. If you would like to engage with me on social media with my Chart of the Day and other content, I’m on LinkedIn as myself and @unblakeable on Facebook, Twitter, Clubhouse, and Instagram. If you like this podcast, please subscribe on your favorite podcast aggregator, and please consider leaving a review of the podcast as well.

Mike Blake: [00:01:15] So, today’s topic is, Should I go back to in-person events? And as we record this show just prior to Memorial Day, we are in what I like to call the trans-pandemic period, where we’re not in the throes of the pandemic hell that we found ourselves in six months ago or in the process of becoming vaccinated. It’s an open question whether or not we’re going to hit the 70 percent vaccination rate that the presidential administration has told us is required to achieve herd immunity. And I’m no epidemiologist. I have no clue if we’re going to get that. But just sort of taking straw polls, I think, we’re probably in the fall just short of that. So be it.

Mike Blake: [00:01:56] But whether we’re vaccinated or not or we reach that vaccination level or not, the floodgates are clearly opening. We’ve had enough. Even introverts like me are stepping out more and are willing to take a little bit more risk than we were willing to take 6 to 12 months ago. And almost, like it or not, things are going back to normal. In fact, at this point, probably the biggest obstacle of things to returning to events – at least trying to sort of daily life, I’ll put it that way. Because events, I think, are a different story – but return to daily life, I think, is simply finding enough people that want to actually work the jobs that are necessary to make those things happen.

Mike Blake: [00:02:37] And, again, I’m not going to enter into that discussion. But we are going to have a podcast on a related topic soon, Should I change careers? Because I think a lot of people have been prompted by the pandemic experience to rethink what it is they want to do with their professional lives and their personal lives. And our relationship with work, I think, for many of us, has forever changed. But, again, that’s getting ahead of ourselves. We have a very good topic in front of us today.

Mike Blake: [00:03:08] You know, opportunities are now opening up left and right. I know that professional events, sporting events are going to, if not full attendance capacity, certainly close to it. I think in my original hometown of Boston, when the Bruins and Celtics continue to play, hopefully the Celtics will just end their season. Bruins are miserable. Well, when the Bruins and Celtics continue their play, they’re going to be in front of something like 85 percent capacity crowds. Fenway Park is going to something similar. I haven’t paid attention to what’s going on in Atlanta, but I think it’s following a similar path. So, we’re going back to this stuff. People are going back to restaurants. I’m seeing in my email box more announcements for in-person events.

Mike Blake: [00:03:57] It’s starting to happen, although I think timidly. And I think the question now begs the asking. Should we be going back to in-person live events? I don’t mean that from a perspective, should we as a society go back to that. That’s not what this podcast is for. And, frankly, I’m not qualified to answer that question and nobody’s asked it of me, so I’m not going to answer it. But I suspect that many individuals are weighing now, is it the right time to go back to these events? Is it the right time to sponsor these events again, host these events? Will people come? Are they going to look exactly like they looked, say, in October of 2019? Are they going to look different? Are we going to have more virtual events? When we talk about hybrid events, what on earth does a hybrid event mean? Is a hybrid event even feasible?

Mike Blake: [00:04:55] And so, you know, right now I frankly cannot think of a more timely topic that is on most business people’s minds. Again, whether we’re an event producer – and Brady Ware just had a a fairly large event, virtual, for nonprofits. And I understand it was very successful, but it was virtual. But, you know, other events now are going to be in-person. And what does that look like?

Mike Blake: [00:05:20] And I’ll kind of end the monologue here with this, is that, according to meetings outlook, the 2021 winter edition, 49 percent of event planners and 42 percent of event suppliers expect in-person event activity to return to pre-pandemic levels by 2022. So, whether your glass is half full or empty, that means that over half of people in that industry expect 2022 to still be down for pre-pandemic levels. And the report was silent on when or if the industry may indeed return to pre-pandemic levels. It may not even be necessarily a desirable thing to do that, at least on a micro basis.

Mike Blake: [00:06:03] So, coming on to talk about this is my friend, Dave Walens, who is President of Exploring, Inc. The parent company of several unique trailblazing Atlanta-based companies supporting the event trade show experiential entertainment and flooring industries. He is also the current president and grand poobah of an organization – which I’ve been involved for several years and is really one of the few organizations I have time for and make time for – CEO NetWeavers. And we’ve had a couple of guests on who have been part of that group as well. So, they account for a big part of the guest quota that we’ve had with this podcast over the last two years.

Mike Blake: [00:06:39] Dave has over 30 years of experience in developing and growing businesses. His ability to think creatively and strategically and his unwavering commitment to customer service are a true differentiator. He has extensive experience in exhibit design and construction, event fabrication, graphic production, flooring production, and project management. This experience, combined with in-depth industry knowledge and expertise enables Dave to assist companies in reaching their strategic marketing objectives as efficiently and as effectively as possible.

Mike Blake: [00:07:07] Exploring Inc. employs almost 180 people and operates in three locations, including a 150,000 thousand square foot fabrication facility, providing uniquely wide scope of capabilities and supported by highly experienced, versatile, and talented team of metal fabricators, sculptors, artists, carpenters, painters, and printers. The rapidly growing company was founded in 1999 and includes ID3 Group, Chisel 3D, Atlantis Waterjet, Brumark, Shelmarc Carpets, and CGI Graphics. Exploring has been named to the Inc. 500/5000 Inc. Magazine’s annual list of Fastest Growing Private Companies in America six times in 2009, 2010, 2011, 2014, 2016, and 2018. Dave Walens, welcome to the program.

Dave Walens: [00:07:51] Well, thank you, Michael, in probably the longest intro ever.

Mike Blake: [00:07:55] Well, I talk fast. I’m at least old enough to remember the FedEx fast talking guy. I remember him so I can learn how to talk like him. But, you know, maybe it’s a long introduction, but I think it’s a worthwhile introduction because I think it establishes your expertise in the space. And, you know, our listeners don’t have time to listen to amateurs. There are plenty of podcasts that already do that. We need to listen experts and you’re one of those. So, again, thank you for being generous with your time and coming on today.

Dave Walens: [00:08:23] You bet, Mike. And thanks for having me, man.

Mike Blake: [00:08:25] So, we talked about what your company does. I’m sure you’re going to kind of sprinkle that over the course of the discussion. So, I’m going to kind of cut right to the chase. I mean, 2020 must have been an absolute brutal year for you guys. And if I’m right or if I’m even half right, I’d love to know how you guys survived it.

Dave Walens: [00:08:48] Well, great question to start out with. As a great entrepreneur that I think I am, I actually got even better during the pandemic because I learned how to run a company with no sales. That’s pretty impressive.

Mike Blake: [00:09:01] Yeah. I didn’t know that could be done.

Dave Walens: [00:09:03] Neither did I. So, frankly, it was a very, very difficult year. 2020 shut down the convention industry. Obviously, the event industry. We were the first industry to close. And, frankly, we’re going to be the last industry probably to open as trade shows aren’t really officially opening even yet. But we have survived it and we survived it for several key reasons.

Dave Walens: [00:09:27] One is, really, the mental fortitude that you have to have as an entrepreneur and changing to meet current needs. And that really was the core of our whole company and our employees is, really, that mindset. And we’ve just had a great team that came together and did whatever it takes to find paths to get through this thing. And we’ve done some very, very creative and unique ways to get through it. And I couldn’t be more proud of my executive management team and my management team to make it happen.

Dave Walens: [00:09:53] And, fortunately, we were really busy and the industry was super busy in the first quarter of ’20. And because of that, it helped us get to some benchmarks throughout the year to where we had cash flow to help us get through some of the worst times until PPP kicked in. So, to be very specific, if it wasn’t for that, this industry, the trade show industry and event industry, may not have survived. Not like it’s going to be.

Mike Blake: [00:10:19] So, you know, now we’re here. As I said, we’re here at the end of May, trans-pandemic period. What are you hearing? What are you sensing? What are you seeing in terms of the public’s interest in going back to live events right now?

Dave Walens: [00:10:34] First of all, I would look for facts in the marketplace that indicate what’s the appetite for folks to go back to live events. And, fortunately, we’re right here in Atlanta where we’re watching Van Gogh open up last week. And, fortunately, our ID3 Group was the builder of Van Gogh, so we got to partake in this. Actually, they’re sold out until August already. They’ve sold over 200,000 tickets and hard to find them. And attendance has been outstanding. So, those are the facts that I look for. So, every event that I have seen or witnessed has seen tremendous participation. That’s an awesome sign.

Mike Blake: [00:11:17] Now, what about among the event planners and sponsors and hosts, are they equally chomping at the bit to kind of get back to this thing?

Dave Walens: [00:11:29] Yeah. I think they are. We’re seeing it because many of them switched to stay connected to their customers. The event producers, if you will, the ones who own the show, want to make sure that their customer base was able to see their customers so they went to virtual events. And doing these virtual events was great. But it was just one element. And there was a real missing component of that interaction. And I think that’s the outcome of the virtual events, it connected a lot of people but, frankly, lost that human touch, that interpersonal touch that we really crave. So, when the opportunity started to come back, I think these event producers were clamoring to get back face-to-face and they found ways to do it.

Mike Blake: [00:12:15] And I’m curious, I rattled off a statistic before we started the formal interview. But it seems like more people in your industry now think that this year and maybe next year are going to be transition years. And maybe 2023, if we go back to the normal or if we achieve the new normal, that’s going to be the timeline. Do you share that opinion or do you differ from that?

Dave Walens: [00:12:41] I think I differ just a little bit from that, Mike. What I’m seeing is choppiness through the summer. As trade shows start to open, they’re opening up very conservatively with expectations. I mean, you’ve got to remember, many of these shows have canceled. And what’s happening is they’re rescheduling for summer, that typically were in the winter or even the spring. As they move to different parts of the year, attendance is going to be lower. They’re going to be spottier. You’re not going to have the back to back shows. They’re going to be smaller. I’m sure all that’s going to take place. But they are opening and they are committing to go face-to-face.

Dave Walens: [00:13:14] What that means is, I think, we’re really going to see things come back fourth quarter. So, summer will be choppy. Third quarter will start to build up. But a good stake in the ground is CES, which is opening in January, which is typical of where it always is open. And that is the largest trade show in our country. And I think that’s the one that I’m looking at most closely to be an indicator of where things are to come. So, if we get back fourth quarter, then 2022 should be a very, very good year.

Mike Blake: [00:13:41] I did not know that CES was the largest trade show in the country. I mean, I knew it was big, but I had no idea that it was the largest. And I agree that probably will be a very good barometer, especially because with CES, that’s actually a trade show that has the kind of content that actually is more easy to deliver virtually than others. You don’t necessarily have to have people in a room to show a demo of a video game, for example. So, if people are coming back in droves, then I agree with you that that is going to be the leading indicator.

Dave Walens: [00:14:16] Yeah. And I think CES is going to be well-attended this year, I think people cancelled last year. So, think about all the technology changes that have happened over this past year. This is the debut of the show. And I think people haven’t been able to go to Las Vegas. There’s a lot of new things in Las Vegas, including the convention center. So, there’s a lot of compelling reasons why people are going to want to travel. I know the dangers and the health issues, but I think they’re going to be overcome by the protocols that are being done by these shows that are being very careful. And I think they’re going to really have a great attendance. And if that happens, I think it’s going to pave the way for a very good 2022.

Mike Blake: [00:14:54] So, when I start going back to live events – and I’m pretty sure that’s going to happen this year for me, even if I’m on the conservative side – am I going to see something different? How are those events are going to look different when I walk in as opposed to what I remember being involved in back in ’19?

Dave Walens: [00:15:13] You know, I think they’re going to be different. I think people are going to look at them a little bit more conservatively, strategically. And I also think you’re going to see a lot of hybrid and live combined. So, one thing we learned about the hybrid event is we’re able to touch more people. So, we could actually communicate to a lot of people at a company because they’re obviously not paying the travel expense. However, when you’re able to do these live events, I think it’s like a combination of those two things happening, where content will be available to you even after that show, long after that show for a majority of people.

Dave Walens: [00:15:45] Which means the way that we communicate on the show floor will absolutely change. And I think things don’t necessarily have to be as large and as complicated and perhaps as complex. And I think there’ll be more storytelling being done and brand building than there will be just showing up to say, “I’m coming to this trade show. I’m going to show my products.”

Mike Blake: [00:16:07] And I think that’s a good thing. You know, as somebody who does his fair share of public speaking in some format or another, the one thing that I’ve long regretted and have never found a good solution for was to solve the perishability problem. I take the time to put a presentation together. I think I do a pretty good job. And then, it’s just gone. It perishes instantly. And you haven’t seen me in some of these things. I mean, I’ve tried so many contraptions and setups and weird things to try to capture what I do, you know, with an iPad or an iPhone or something. And it’s been both cumbersome and just bad outcome.

Mike Blake: [00:16:52] I think that as a content provider, one, I will appreciate if there’s sort of a default setting where there’s going to be something to capture my content that can live on. And that, to me, also says that it’s an opportunity to scale the business model because you don’t have to just serve the people that are out there on site. Am I crazy or have I gotten a bunch of stuff wrong in that sense?

Dave Walens: [00:17:14] No. You got a lot of things right in that sense, Mike. I mean, that’s exactly what you’re going to do. And that’s why you’re going to look at these trade shows and events just differently, because you could touch your customer in different ways and it lives on. So, you think about now capturing all your presentations in your live presentations in a way that has a lifespan that is endless. So, yeah, you really can look at how you approach this much differently.

Dave Walens: [00:17:41] And, frankly, how you justify it. I mean, it’s an investment of your time and your money, and that’s the other part of it. The return on your investment is going to be even wider and probably more effective. So, you’re going to want to go to maybe more events than you ever thought about, or more trade shows, or do more public speaking because you’re able to monetize that even better.

Mike Blake: [00:18:00] So, let’s look at this from the corporate side. You know, I’m a partner in a CPA firm, which means, you know, we’re really good accounting dollars. The jury is still out. We’re really good at making them, but we’re certainly very good at counting them. And, you know, there’s an argument that I’m sure some people are making or some businesses are making. I’m not necessarily making it, but it’s being made, I’m sure. Look, we got what we needed to get out of 2020, mostly education for our people. It was a lot less expensive. They didn’t have to be out of the office. They didn’t have to pay for travel. They didn’t have the time disruption of travel. You know, what have we missed and we need to get back by being forced into an all virtual environment? What’s waiting for us on the other side?

Dave Walens: [00:18:56] And I think that all goes back to human interaction and really being able to get to know people and get to understand people at different level than doing it over Zoom. You can never really achieve that. In fact, I would suggest people are really moving more to fatigue on Zoom. And they are truly finding it as a good experience and a positive experience. So, I do think it’s just another tool. And what is missing is just that human interaction. It’s just needed. Flat out needed.

Dave Walens: [00:19:26] And I will go on the record right now telling you that, if you’re not traveling to see your customers today because, frankly, some customers won’t let you come see them. But the second your competitor goes and flies and meets a customer face-to-face and you don’t, you tell me how fast you’re going to jump on a plane to go meet with your customer face-to-face. It’s the cycle. It’s going to happen.

Mike Blake: [00:19:51] So. I think I know the answer to this question, but I don’t want to assume. So, are hybrid events, in your mind, are they going to be a transitional step or is that going to be kind of part of the new normal? The new outgrowth is that there’s a role for digital play in these things and they’re just going to ride shotgun with one another.

Dave Walens: [00:20:12] I’m glad you said the word digital this time than virtual. From our industry as designers and producers of experiences and trade shows, we’re really turning into content producers and storytellers. And as content developers, we have to understand that market now better than anything to help brands achieve their goals. So, this is just one element. And what we’ve learned through content development now has a lot of legs. I mean, we could create movies around the content we’re building or, you know, video podcasts, whatever we want to do. But we better be good at that as well as building physical structure. So, if we’re going to help the brand the best way, then we have to know all elements of this marketplace.

Mike Blake: [00:21:01] And it’s interesting, I hadn’t thought of that. But I think I completely agree with that, that the core competencies, I would imagine, and people of your industry – participants in your industry, I think are going to need to evolve. From what I have seen – again, I haven’t worked in your industry behind the scenes of your industry is that, there are people on the physical events and then there are the people that do the audio, video, take the footage and whatnot, but they’re almost sort of parallel.

Mike Blake: [00:21:38] From my observation, you only talk to each other when you need to make sure you’re not stepping each other’s extension cord, basically. Or not going to screw up their WiFi, basically. I imagine that in the operational model, that’s no longer the case. You either have to be able to closely collaborate with each other or maybe you even just own those capabilities all in-house.

Dave Walens: [00:21:55] Yeah. Absolutely. But I’ll take that maybe even a little step higher, Mike, and go back to the customer. So, the customer is the one that we really got to focus on. And when a customer has got complications between going through virtual or digital content and physical content, really, what it is, is helping the brand achieve what it’s doing. And it lives in the hands of the customer.

Dave Walens: [00:22:17] As we learn more about it, it goes back to the fact that as designers and builders of environments, we may not have known much about graphics in the early days. We had to learn. We didn’t print them ourselves at the time, now we do. But we needed to know about it as well as a printer did, whether it be LED, whether it be whatever content that we’re dealing with, we have to know it.

Dave Walens: [00:22:38] In this case, we’re really helping the brand achieve its goals. That’s really what’s happened. And that lives in the hands of the customer. So, knowing how to work and manage that content is the important part in executing it. Not every one of these exhibit companies are going to be experts in content management. But they’re going to have resources at their fingertips so a customer has to go to one place rather than two. And that is a big time saver for a customer.

Mike Blake: [00:23:01] I’m curious in terms of what it’s going to take to put events together. I infer from what you’re telling me, they’re going to be more complex because the customer is asking you to do more, whether directly or indirectly. Are events going to be more expensive to put on? Or maybe they might be less expensive initially because fewer people are going to attend them. I can see an argument. Maybe there’s no impact whatsoever. I’m curious, just in terms of the cost structure, are events going to be more expensive to put on and, therefore, by extension to attend?

Dave Walens: [00:23:34] I have a feeling they’re going to be more expensive, to be honest with you. I’m starting to watch some of the data out there. The way that you participate in the show, there are some rates that are proposed by – in our industry called – the general contractor. And those rates are paid for by the exhibitors. And we’re already seeing those costs escalate a little bit surprisingly. But I think they’re anticipating smaller spaces initially. So, they have to generate revenue so their costs are a bit higher. We’ll see what happens in the long run. But I think you’re going to see an escalation in that.

Dave Walens: [00:24:09] And, of course, then you’ve got ruggedized issues and you’ve got supply chain issues that are driving up costs. So, for us as builders, we work a lot in wood. You know what’s happened with wood prices over this past year. They’ve gone up over 300 percent. And just about all raw materials have gone up. So, I think you are going to see an increase in cost. However, I think it’s going to be offset by the return that you get. And that’s where I think this industry, frankly, from my side of the table, suppliers to an exhibitor, that we have an opportunity of resetting to doing all the things that we were doing wrong, to now do them right. And eliminate cost overruns and things that were in the way before that we can now find ways to justify it and bring our value. So, that’s the opportunity.

Mike Blake: [00:24:56] So, I’m glad you brought that up, because this gets into really, frankly, one of the questions I was most looking forward to asking you, which was, from the pandemic experience – and I’d love you to think about this as broadly as possible, because I think there could be a very broad answer that will bring some insightful things to the fore – what in your mind have you – or if you want to be broader, you guys in your industry – learned from the pandemic? And how are some of those things learned going to be evident in the events that you produce and we’re going to start to attend later this year and forward?

Dave Walens: [00:25:36] Well, one thing that I think our industry learned by being truly shut down is that overhead will destroy you. And our industry is based on large spaces to accommodate building large exhibits. So, we all have a very big footprint to do what we do. You heard I’ve got 150,000 square foot facility, one of them just to do the work that we do. Building overhead will be a change in the minds of these business owners from here on out. That they’re going to have to find alternative ways not to build overhead.

Dave Walens: [00:26:12] And I think that then changes the model for them to look to be more marketing based. Go back to the content marketing base, working with brands and a marketing solution. Then, actually making the actual physical components that they could strategically work with others to build them. And let them really work with the brands to make sure they’re done right. So, I think there will be a reset in this industry of getting smaller, leaner, smarter about the things that we do because we’ve experienced the worst.

Mike Blake: [00:26:42] And it sounds like – and please correct me if I’m putting words in your mouth – the way I distill what you just said is, in a way, getting back to basics. What is the core value of what you actually deliver? And maybe building an exhibit, although a nice thing that you can offer, maybe that isn’t necessarily core to the value. Is that fair to say? Or am I going too far?

Dave Walens: [00:27:04] No. I think that’s a bit fair to say. I mean, I think where we used to differentiate by how we built something, you know, I built it better than you built it. Today, it’s about the outcome of the piece that we build. How is that story being told in your lobby, in your event, at your trade show? The outcome of that is the most important part. There’s no concern if I made it out of one material or another anymore as long as it looks like what you wanted it to look like. But if the story is told right, that’s the power of that execution and there’s the value. And that’s what we need to focus on.

Mike Blake: [00:27:37] So, it’s not necessarily about how you build it, but really why you built it.

Dave Walens: [00:27:41] That’s right. That’s exactly right.

Mike Blake: [00:27:43] And I like that. I think that’s a lesson that actually can be taken beyond just your industry, right? Going back and taking a step back, why are we doing this? Why does the customer want it? And then, that can help you rethink, is this the right or the necessary path to get there?

Mike Blake: [00:28:02] So, you answered the question one way in terms of how you run your business, which is great, is instructive. But I’m also curious, are there any lessons that you learned in terms of actually executing the event itself? Anything that you or others you think have learned from the pandemic that are going to impact simply the way that you execute on what you already do?

Dave Walens: [00:28:26] So, my seat is a little bit different, so we’re a supplier to those designers and builders of environments. So, I work with design build firms, event marketing companies, architects. So, yes, every one of those folks are approaching this much differently. And even we are about how we look at building an environment. And, you know, cost is a big issue now. So, we’re having to figure out creative ways to meet a need and finding new techniques and new materials to actually achieve what the design intent is.

Dave Walens: [00:29:00] But I will say this, the entire economy is moving to an experiential economy. People want to have a story told. And they want to know the brand has a message to them when they go and do it. And that’s the biggest piece of all. And we’re finding and we’re seeing that happen across the country right now with some very unique things that are opening up. Van Gogh is one of them, and I doubt that. But Meow Wolf is another one you may be familiar with. They’re out in New Mexico, they just opened up in Las Vegas. It’s a grocery shopping tour of the experiential type. It’s really an art exhibition more so than anything else.

Dave Walens: [00:29:33] You’re seeing a lot of these shows that are coming to fruition and it’s all about just telling the story. Malls are changing, that’s a good example of that as well. What’s happening inside of malls? With Animal Planet as an exhibition opening inside a mall. All sorts of things that really are taking what traditionally would be just standard graphic on a wall and really telling a whole story.

Mike Blake: [00:29:59] Is there any concern in your industry that some segment of the population is just not going to come back to live events? And I’m sure there’s a number, I just don’t know how big that is. In your mind, is that something that’s of concern to you that some people are just never coming back because they’ve just been so impacted almost to a PTSD level of the pandemic? Or do you think that’s just not going to be enough to move the needle for your industry?

Dave Walens: [00:30:32] No. That’s a huge concern, to be honest, Mike. Not so much individuals themselves because I don’t think there’ll be enough to move the needle. But when you have Google and Facebook and Apple telling their employees not to go to a show or we don’t want you to go to a show, that is devastating. Or we don’t think we need to do it, not because of even health issues, but the pandemic has showed them we could figure out other paths since we couldn’t do the events and go to trade shows, we’ll find an alternative way to do it. That’s very concerning. And, also, it’s also the opportunity. Because they’ll never not touch their customer. They will be face-to-face with their customer at some point. It may not look like a trade show or an event like we’re used to, but they’ll find that out.

Mike Blake: [00:31:18] Yeah. I think that’s right. You know, with things like these disruptions, it’s rare that the thing that’s disrupted goes away. It often is forced to adopt a different model. Even right now, taxis have not gone away with Uber and Lyft, but they have changed what they do and they’ve changed their value proposition.

Mike Blake: [00:31:41] I’m going to put on my amateur lawyer’s hat now. What could possibly go wrong with that? But, you know, I do wonder kind of about liability. And I wonder if this conversation has come up with you or in your circles at all. And interestingly enough, as I was preparing for this podcast, I read an article yesterday that the WWE folks, the folks that put on the “totally real wrestling matches” are making their attendees sign a waiver form that if they get sick by being in an event that, you know, you can’t come back and sue them. Is that a concern? And is that something that folks in your industry are taking a look at?

Dave Walens: [00:32:23] Absolutely. Look, liability, in my opinion and that’s my own personal opinion, is the reason that it’s taken so long for live events to come back. And I have been fortunate enough in my industry, I early on jumped on to really trying to help my industry and partnered virtually with two of our biggest players in the industry, Czarnowski and George P. Johnson. And we started what is called Live for Life, where we pull together people in our industry to help solve the temporary hospital issue.

Dave Walens: [00:32:56] We’re all shut down. We didn’t have any work at hand and we turned all of our attention to helping our communities. And so, what better workforce than obviously our trade show world that was used to making these temporary environments. And all of that became the liability issue at every turning point. And because of that, also, we got a privilege to sit in the forefront as things developed and how we were going to get over that liability. So, the protocols that were put in place with GBAC, which is a certification in the cleaning of these environments. And every single convention center or most convention centers have been certified through this GBAC.

Dave Walens: [00:33:38] Or putting in infrared and thermometers at locations and how we were going to have apps that actually trace people through an environment, making sure they were safe to go in. A program called Clear To Go – which in fact, my nephew developed the software to that – so that you tested at home, you came to an environment, you check in, you check out. All these protocols are put in place to minimize liability. It will never eliminate liability. And I haven’t seen it yet eliminate liability. But that is the biggest concern.

Mike Blake: [00:34:12] Yeah. You know, liability is sort of a particular part of the American way of life, right? So, you know, it’s just going to be ever present. That’s just the way that our society is now constructed. And there’s nothing you or I really can do to stop that. All we can do is try to work around it.

Dave Walens: [00:34:34] None of us want to be sued, and that’s really what this comes down to.

Mike Blake: [00:34:38] That’s exactly right.

Dave Walens: [00:34:39] This is a business and you were playing attorney, so I know that’s where you were going with it. But for us, as a company, we can’t afford to have that happen. And that’s the problem. It’s not that someone’s going to get sick. That, I don’t think is the issue. People are going to get sick. But it’s not going to be put in and be sued because you were allowed to be on the show floor or an event or a live event. That’s the problem.

Mike Blake: [00:35:03] So, I want to bring up another part of the value proposition of live events I’d like to get your reaction to it. This doesn’t get talked about a lot, but I think it’s more important. I think it doesn’t get talked about a lot because it’s not as polished and corporate from an outside perspective. But the reality is that, being able to send certain people to events is a form of compensation. And it’s a form of professional recognition. And I’ll use the word boondoggle. You may not, that’s fine. I don’t expect you to.

Mike Blake: [00:35:46] But the simple fact of the matter is that, a traditional way that companies have shown their appreciation for certain employees to retain them, to give them sort of non-compensation compensation is, “Hey, there’s this trade show in Vegas. Why don’t you go for this weekend and take your wife and so forth and we’ll write it off. You come back with some business cards, that’s great.” You know, I do think that’s also something that needs to come back. And if companies are thinking they can chip out and stop and sort of try to put an end to or discontinue that practice, they’re going to find out the hard way. They’re going to lose some very key people, because that is a consideration. That is a way that you make employees feel appreciated.

Dave Walens: [00:36:29] Absolutely. And no doubt about it and good point. I mean, that’s strategic, I mean, it’s cheaper to bring your sales team together and put them to good work at a trade show than it is to have a separate sales meeting. So, doing it around a trade show makes a lot of sense and the perk of doing that. So, I agree with you.

Dave Walens: [00:36:48] But I’ve actually seen that firsthand, Mike, through not a trade show, but at our industry event which was in San Antonio in December of this year. And interestingly enough, I was really surprised to see how many people showed up in our industry, in a very small industry, who were shut down. I’ll remind you of that, we were not working. And we still had over 100 people to show up at that meeting. That was a testament to that exact statement. They came out because they felt they needed to and it was part of the perk, just part of their core makeup, and they just made it happen. And it was surprising.

Mike Blake: [00:37:24] Yeah. And, look, there’s nothing wrong with that, right? As long as at least in the business you understand the decision that you’re making. I think that’s fine if businesses want to do that. But it’s interesting that I don’t see it talked about a lot, as if people don’t know that that goes on, which is kind of interesting. But, again, I do think a company that thinks they can cut out this kind of commerce travel, just on that basis alone, is making a mistake because a competitor that is sending people to those events are going to look a lot more attractive in terms of being an employer.

Mike Blake: [00:38:05] So, my impression, based on what I read is that, while we are working our way through the pandemic and I think most of us feel more secure doing things we did not feel secure doing some time ago, we’re still concerned about flare ups. There seems to be a new strain of the month and whatnot. And we don’t know what the vaccination scenario is. And it seems pretty clear that, at least in the United States, we’re not going to have these vaccination passports. There’s no way a conservative Supreme Court is going to approve that. Either that or other than that, I just don’t know politics.

Mike Blake: [00:38:45] But, you know, flare ups can kind of happen. I think something that could kill a conference forever is to, all of a sudden, be another one of these infection vectors. We hear about the wedding in Maine, or the funeral in Georgia, or something, or the biotech conference in Boston. That was the big one that actually launched this whole thing in North America. You don’t want to be that conference. That is the infection vector. Because I don’t know that as a conference, you could ever recover from that. In your mind, how do you just protect against being complacent that, you know, we see the light at the end of the tunnel, but we’re not through the tunnel yet.

Dave Walens: [00:39:32] Well, instead of the word complacent, I would put the word confident rather. I really do. And I think everybody, just like you, will find when they feel comfortable and confident to start traveling and going to these events, whether they’re local or whether you’re going to have to jump on a plane and go. Let’s be honest, if we follow the science, it’s confusing. If we follow the politicians, it’s confusing. If we try even to follow the facts, it’s confusing. So, it’s our own facts and our own mind that we have to make up what’s justifiable.

Dave Walens: [00:40:09] I’m an entrepreneur. I take risks every day. Way bigger risks just working and driving and the things that I do that I just didn’t feel the risk that I would take in certain environments make it uncomfortable for me. I justified it. Does it make it right or wrong? No. It’s just what I was able to handle.

Mike Blake: [00:40:28] It’s right for you.

Dave Walens: [00:40:30] Right. And that’s what I tell people, “If you have the confidence.” You know, I read a report yesterday that said, if you had coronavirus, you have the antibodies. Although we’ve been told it may only last three months. Now, they’re coming out saying it’s actually better than the vaccine and it’s for your lifetime. You never have to have a vaccine and have to go through it again. Who’s to know until it happens again? Until we get sick again? But we can’t stop living. And that’s just where my line is drawn. And I feel like if I could build enough confidence where people will take it a little bit of a risk, then maybe it’s worth it. But it’s all about individual choice. And that’s the beauty of where we’re at. I let people see for themselves what feels comfortable for them.

Mike Blake: [00:41:17] We’re talking with Dave Walens, CEO of Exploring Inc. And the topic is, Should I go back to in-person events? A couple more questions I’d like to cover before we let you go and start planning and keep planning those events that you’re working on. But one question I’m curious about is the international angle. International travel is much slower to recover, for good or ill that’s just the way it is. Europe says they might open to U.S. traffic sometime this summer. But they haven’t committed to that. Frankly, I have not followed what the U.S. stands on. I haven’t heard any definitive word from the Biden Administration.

Mike Blake: [00:41:58] Is that putting a damper on events right now? Are there plans or maybe some live events that have traditionally been international in nature and may be duplicated and localized? What’s the strategy or response to that? Or even to your mind, is there a strategy or response to that?

Dave Walens: [00:42:13] No. There absolutely is a strategy around that. And, yes, it is having an impact on attendance and exhibitors. And, frankly, I think the owners of these shows are having to work around that and find what’s the best way to approach the show, which means they may go smaller. That’s where we go back to how are they going to survive? Well, maybe they take less square footage and commit to that, knowing that a percentage of their exhibitors and attendees are international.

Dave Walens: [00:42:41] And, no, they shouldn’t plan for it. I mean, you’re an accountant, it’s kind of that zero based projection. And we’re going to plan for zero. And if we get any, we’ll incrementally benefit from it. If they’re planning to have them come, they’re going to be sorely missed because they probably won’t be showing up. And so, we’ll see perhaps some or fourth, and that’s where I say fourth quarter by the time it really wraps in. And it’ll be a gradual increase so we’ll see it coming. But if you’re not planning for them not to show up, you’re making a mistake, in my opinion.

Mike Blake: [00:43:11] So, one thing I was thinking about – and I could be completely off base, so if I’m wrong, you’ll tell me – it seems to me that events are part of or at least adjacent to the hospitality industry. And their struggles in terms of just finding people to staff are well-known and well-documented. I’m curious if your industry is facing similar challenges. And if so, how are those challenges going to be felt at events and your ability to to put them on?

Dave Walens: [00:43:43] Probably the number one issue for our industry right now.

Mike Blake: [00:43:46] So, I guess strike. Good.

Dave Walens: [00:43:48] Thanks for the question. In all honesty, if you really think about this, our industry is primarily made up of entrepreneurs, business owners. And most of them are owner operators. And the only way they survive this pandemic is by getting back to the basics of a handful of people, perhaps just themselves or one other person. So, their workforce has been decimated. And our employees were furloughed and laid off. And as I said, our industry still is not open. We’re at 10 percent. Restaurants never hit this level. Our workforce is absolutely been crushed. Our skilled labor has gone. Our project managers, our sales teams, gone. There’s no one to sell to unless they moved in to new areas like virtual events. But for the most part, it’s all going to have to be built back, which is going to take a toll.

Dave Walens: [00:44:40] I think we’re all projecting issues to happen because of that. On the show floor, hard to get people and hard to get enough people to fill the demand that’s starting to happen. And we’re seeing that specifically on projects that we’ve actually closed up outside of the trade show world. But some traveling exhibits, some permanent installations, and hospitality projects that we’re working on. And it’s just going to be a challenge getting back a workforce, especially a skilled base, high talent, the carpenters and the welders. They’ve all found work in the housing industry, which has exploded, or construction overall.

Mike Blake: [00:45:18] So, Dave, this has been a great conversation. And, you know, as an aside for the listener’s benefit, this conversation sort of has an interesting side dynamic, in that, Dave and I serve on the board of CEO NetWeavers. He’s the executive – not the executive director. He’s the president and I’m the head of the Events and Speakers Committee. And so, we’re going to be having a conversation internally in our board in the next couple of weeks about moving to in-person events as well. As it happens sort of lays the groundwork. But I say that for the benefit of our listeners, because this is an actual conversation that’s going on in an organization that he and I are both stewards of at the moment. And it just goes to underline the real practicality of it.

Mike Blake: [00:46:05] You know, Dave, you’ve got a lot of information. We couldn’t cover everything in one hour. We never do. But if somebody wants to ask you about information, you know, about attending events, hosting them, sponsoring them, participating in some way, can they do that? If they want to ask you something we didn’t talk about, say, want to go in more depth. And if so, what’s the best way to do that?

Dave Walens: [00:46:26] Absolutely, Mike. Good or bad, I’m always available. I would suggest emailing me. And, Mike, I got to clarify one thing for you. You have called me Walens the entire conversation, and COVID has caused that, because it’s actually Walens. But every single one of them, from friends to family, have called me Walens. Don’t ask me why for 2020. But it is actually dwalens@exploring.com is my email address, that’s D-W-A-L-E-N-S@exploring.com. Instagram, it’s drwalens. And you’re welcome to follow me or any of our companies, exploring.com is our main website for the parent company. You can get to all our brands through that and you see other things that we’re producing. So, I’m very accessible and I welcome you to connect at any time. I’d be happy to share more.

Mike Blake: [00:47:19] All right. Well, there you have it. There’s Dave Walens, who has been the victim of the COVID long A. But I would like to thank Dave so much for joining us and sharing his expertise with us today.

Mike Blake: [00:47:29] We’ll be exploring a new topic each week, so please tune in so that when you’re faced with your next business decision, you have clear vision when making it. If you enjoy these podcasts, please consider leaving a review with your favorite podcast aggregator. It helps people find us so that we can help them. If you like to engage with me on social media with my Chart of the Day and other content, I’m on LinkedIn as myself and @unblakeable on Facebook, Twitter, Clubhouse, and Instagram. Once again, this is Mike Blake. Our sponsor is Brady Ware & Company. And this has been the Decision Vision podcast.

 

Tagged With: Brady Ware, Brady Ware & Company, conventions, David Walens, exhibit design, Exploring, Mike Blake, trade shows

Decision Vision Episode 118: Should I Hire Someone with a Disability? – An Interview with Bill Schultz, Opportunity Partners

May 27, 2021 by John Ray

Opportunity Partners
Decision Vision
Decision Vision Episode 118: Should I Hire Someone with a Disability? - An Interview with Bill Schultz, Opportunity Partners
Loading
00:00 /
RSS Feed
Share
Link
Embed

Download file

Opportunity Partners

Decision Vision Episode 118:  Should I Hire Someone with a Disability? – An Interview with Bill Schultz, Opportunity Partners

In a conversation with host Mike Blake, Bill Schultz, CEO of Opportunity Partners, demystifies misconceptions businesses have about hiring people with disabilities. He explains why so many businesses, once they get past those misunderstandings and bring on someone with a disability, often expand such hiring. Decision Vision is presented by Brady Ware & Company.

Opportunity Partners

Established in 1953, Opportunity Partners is a Minnesota nonprofit organization that works alongside people with disabilities to provide job training, employment, and residential support for people to live more independently, succeed on the job and lead lives filled with purpose and meaning.Opportunity Partners

Opportunity Partners serves people with many different types of disabilities. Some examples include Autism Spectrum Disorder, Asperger syndrome, brain injury, Down syndrome, cerebral palsy, Fetal Alcohol Syndrome, and many others.

Company website | LinkedIn | Facebook | Twitter | YouTube

Bill Schultz, President & CEO, Opportunity Partners

Bill Schultz, CEO & President, Opportunity Partners

Bill Schultz was named President & CEO of Opportunity Partners in August 2020, after serving briefly as Interim President & CEO. Bill joined Opportunity Partners in 2015 as Executive Vice President, Business Development and Operations, overseeing all business services and production operations, identifying new products, processes, and services in community and center-based work.

Bill came to Opportunity Partners with more than 20 years of experience in a variety of business leadership positions and was drawn to the organization for its strong mission and history of making a difference in the community.

LinkedIn

Mike Blake, Brady Ware & Company

Mike Blake, Host of the “Decision Vision” podcast series

Michael Blake is the host of the Decision Vision podcast series and a Director of Brady Ware & Company. Mike specializes in the valuation of intellectual property-driven firms, such as software firms, aerospace firms, and professional services firms, most frequently in the capacity as a transaction advisor, helping clients obtain great outcomes from complex transaction opportunities. He is also a specialist in the appraisal of intellectual properties as stand-alone assets, such as software, trade secrets, and patents.

Mike has been a full-time business appraiser for 13 years with public accounting firms, boutique business appraisal firms, and an owner of his own firm. Prior to that, he spent 8 years in venture capital and investment banking, including transactions in the U.S., Israel, Russia, Ukraine, and Belarus.

Brady Ware & Company

Brady Ware & Company is a regional full-service accounting and advisory firm which helps businesses and entrepreneurs make visions a reality. Brady Ware services clients nationally from its offices in Alpharetta, GA; Columbus and Dayton, OH; and Richmond, IN. The firm is growth-minded, committed to the regions in which they operate, and most importantly, they make significant investments in their people and service offerings to meet the changing financial needs of those they are privileged to serve. The firm is dedicated to providing results that make a difference for its clients.

Decision Vision Podcast Series

Decision Vision is a podcast covering topics and issues facing small business owners and connecting them with solutions from leading experts. This series is presented by Brady Ware & Company. If you are a decision-maker for a small business, we’d love to hear from you. Contact us at decisionvision@bradyware.com and make sure to listen to every Thursday to the Decision Vision podcast.

Past episodes of Decision Vision can be found at decisionvisionpodcast.com. Decision Vision is produced and broadcast by the North Fulton studio of Business RadioX®.

Connect with Brady Ware & Company:

Website | LinkedIn | Facebook | Twitter | Instagram

TRANSCRIPT

Intro: [00:00:01] Welcome to Decision Vision, a podcast series focusing on critical business decisions. Brought to you by Brady Ware & Company. Brady Ware is a regional full service accounting and advisory firm that helps businesses and entrepreneurs make visions a reality.

Mike Blake: [00:00:21] Welcome to Decision Vision, a podcast giving you, the listener, clear vision to make great decisions. In each episode, we discuss the process of decision making on a different topic from the business owners’ or executives’ perspective. We aren’t necessarily telling you what to do, but we can put you in a position to make an informed decision on your own and understand when you might need help along the way.

Mike Blake: [00:00:39] My name is Mike Blake, and I’m your host for today’s program. I’m a director at Brady Ware & Company, a full service accounting firm based in Dayton, Ohio, with offices in Dayton; Columbus, Ohio; Richmond, Indiana; and Alpharetta, Georgia. Brady Ware is sponsoring this podcast, which is being recorded in Atlanta per social distancing protocols. If you like to engage with me on social media with my Chart of the Day and other content, I’m on LinkedIn as myself, and @unblakeable on Facebook, Twitter, Clubhouse, and Instagram. If you like this podcast, please subscribe on your favorite podcast aggregator, and please consider leaving a review of the podcast as well.

Mike Blake: [00:01:12] So, today’s topic is, Should I hire someone with a disability? And in a way, this is an extension of the previous week’s topic, Should I hire somebody with a criminal background or somebody with a prison record, I forget what the actual title was, but you get the drift. And the same sort of concepts applies that we find ourselves in an unusual, if not unprecedented scenario in the workforce where we’re finding ourselves in a shortage of workers. And although this is being felt most acutely in the hospitality sector, it is not limited to that.

Mike Blake: [00:02:03] Over the course of the last 18 or 17 months or so, I think our society is redefining our relationship with work. I think at a micro and macro level, many of us are readdressing priorities. And I think we’re asking ourselves the question, is it worth it? You know, is it worth the effort and the expense to have a two income family? And I think with people now that have had an opportunity, whether they wanted it or not, to work-from-home or withdraw from the workforce for a while in order to meet their family obligations.

Mike Blake: [00:02:50] You know, I think this goes beyond more than simply the more generous unemployment. I think people are simply asking themselves, you know, was it really worth the extra income to give up what I gave up in terms of being with my family, and building the home that I want, and doing other things in my life. I think the answer that some people are giving is no. And some people, I think, are going back to school and they’re retraining for a job they think will suit them better. And I think others will simply exit the workforce on more or less permanent basis, certainly not coming back full time.

Mike Blake: [00:03:26] And as our previous guest, Jeff Korzenik, indicated – I thought that was a very astute observation – the size of the American labor force had already been exhibiting decline since 2010, maybe a little bit earlier. And as so many things in life, coronavirus simply accelerated trends that were already underlying. And so, we’re now finding ourselves as an economy and a scenario in which labor just is not available and plentiful the way that we are used to being. I am 51 years old and I cannot remember a scenario under which it was just so difficult to hire. I’ve been through tight labor markets for sure. But this is a different animal.

Mike Blake: [00:04:14] And so, as a result, I think that decision paths that people would not have ordinarily considered, for example, hiring someone with a criminal record and, in the case of our topic today, should I hire somebody with a disability. I think, whereas employers would just simply not have considered that or not have given as heavy consideration to it. I think we’re now at a point in our economy where, if you want to run your business the way you like to run it, if you’d like to be as profitable as a way and you’d like to grow it, you simply cannot afford to decide right off the bat that you’re not going to consider large segments of the population. And that’s not ideology, that’s just simply arithmetic. When the music stops, there just are not enough chairs to go around. In this case, not enough workers to go around for employers. And, again, we’re just not used to seeing that.

Mike Blake: [00:05:15] So, this is an extension of that topic. Again, I hope you’ll agree it’s a relevant topic. And for those of you maybe who have wondered about hiring people with disabilities, maybe how you do it, whether it makes sense to do it, or maybe you agree with me and you decide, “You know what? I need to -” even if I wasn’t discriminating against the disabled, maybe I wasn’t being intentional about doing it. You know, here’s a stone that can be overturned that may yield some great opportunities. And the goal is to help you explore whether or not that’s the right path for you. And if it is, then what is the best way to pursue that?

Mike Blake: [00:05:50] So, joining us today is Bill Schultz, who is President and CEO of Opportunity Partners. Established in 1953, Opportunity Partners is a Minnesota nonprofit organization that works alongside people with disabilities to provide job training, employment, and residential support for people to live more independently, succeed on the job, and lead lives filled with purpose and meaning. Opportunity Partners service people with many different types of disabilities. Some examples include autism spectrum disorder, Asperger Syndrome, brain injury, Down’s syndrome, cerebral palsy, fetal alcohol syndrome, and many others.

Mike Blake: [00:06:28] Bill joined Opportunity Partners in 2015 as Executive Vice President, Business Development and Operations, overseeing all business services and production operations, identifying new products, processes, and services in community and center based work. Bill came to Opportunity Partners with more than 20 years experience on a variety of business leadership positions and was drawn to the organization for its strong mission and a history of making a difference to the community. Maybe we should have had you on our podcast that will be publishing soon on transitioning to nonprofit. And, Bill, I believe you became CEO last year, 2020. Bill Schultz, welcome to the program.

Bill Schultz: [00:07:04] Thanks, Mike. It’s great to be here. Thanks for having me.

Mike Blake: [00:07:07] So, Bill, let’s start off easy. I’m sure this is a question that you could answer in your sleep. You must face it all the time. And that question is, make the case that hiring somebody with a disability is a good business decision, not just simply a good social decision.

Bill Schultz: [00:07:26] Right. And I think you made a strong argument. One, just the necessity right now of looking into non-traditional pools that employers might look at. And this is a group that’s often overlooked. And people with disabilities want to work. It’s the vocation that’s in the DNA of our organization. It was started by a group of parents that wanted to have work for their children. So, they bought a house in the small town in Richfield, Minnesota. Why not work with local businesses and brought back work. And then, a few years later, they placed their first person in the community.

Bill Schultz: [00:08:02] Because people want to feel normal and often somebody with a disability is ostracized that way and thought of that they can’t. And we just need to understand they have a wide range of abilities and we need to understand what support they need. They’re not different than you or me. We all have skills and can really thrive if we’re supported in the right way. So, these folks are very loyal. They’re great workers. They care. They can be great teammates.

Bill Schultz: [00:08:33] One of the fun things, too, that we’ll hear is, it also boosts the morale of the other folks that work there. You know, sometimes there’s an individual, sometimes there’s more than one. And I think it’s a feel good thing. And people get to know them and it demystifies people with disabilities because some people will be uncomfortable around them. And once they get to know them as a person, that goes away. And they’ll learn what their interests are and they’ll laugh with them. And it just boosts things that I’ve heard that from employers, that this is an unexpected benefit that we’ve had.

Bill Schultz: [00:09:12] And there’s also some that, you know, you’re going to have other workers that might have a child with a disability, it also gives them some hope because, “Hey, look. There is a future for my child.” Because they may be worried about that and what does the future hold for them. So, those are some things.

Bill Schultz: [00:09:29] But, you know, for the business owner or the manager that is running that storefront, it’s, “I need somebody. I need somebody that’s going to be reliable”, that can get there, they can coach and can do that. There’s other things, too, that we place a lot of people because we’re having a lot of wage pressure. That, I don’t want to pay someone this higher rate to do something more routine or that employee might not want to do these routine things that someone with a disability might really thrive on.

Bill Schultz: [00:10:01] Some people with disabilities in it, we have such a wide variety of diagnoses and just a wide range of individuals and what their characteristics are. They might really thrive in that. So, where one employee might say, “This is really mundane and I don’t enjoy this.” Someone with a disability might find this very rewarding and be very good at it. So, they can parse out those jobs and focus those other individuals that they’re may be paying a higher wage on those higher skilled areas. And let someone with a disability do other things. Like, whether it’s picking up boxes and having them recycled, moving different things about. There’s such a wide range of duties that we do. And those are just some of the benefits, I think, of hiring someone.

Mike Blake: [00:10:45] Now, you brought up something I would not have thought of in a million years. But my observation certainly bears it out. At least Americans love a story where somebody overcomes a disability, to overcome something, right? There was something on the news recently about, I think, a golfer with Down syndrome that is having some success. And it seems like every other month is a great story in ESPN. You know, somebody that maybe was the 15th person on the basketball team had a mental disability and they put them in sort of at the end of the last game of the season or something. And everybody sort of goes berserk.

Mike Blake: [00:11:29] There is sort of that element in contrast with the prior show that we did – I guess really two shows, not last show – on, you know, should we dip into the pool of people with criminal records. You know, there are people that they did something to earn that or to receive that distinction. Whereas, as opposed to people that are handicapped or are disabled, chances are very good that they did nothing to do that. You know, they’re are born with, generally, bad luck, basically. And there’s a very different attitude towards that. And I can see how, under the right circumstances, under the right leadership, that somebody who is disabled on a team can actually become a rallying point.

Bill Schultz: [00:12:25] Absolutely. The other thing is, these folks are really genuine. They’re curious about you. There’s no pretense with individuals. They want to get to know you. And it’s another thing that people, once they get comfortable – and, again, some people are just uncomfortable because they’re unique. And our organization will do training for people and just talk through it. And that really allows people to relieve their anxiety and build that relationship with that person and help support them in their role. Because they’ll need support like anyone else. And one of the things that we’ve seen where people are really successful.

Bill Schultz: [00:13:04] So, we offer job coaching. And that’s one of the things that employers should know, too, that whatever state you’re in – we’re in Minnesota – most states are going to have organizations like Opportunity Partners with job development and they come with a job coach. So, this is a free support that comes with this individual that the business doesn’t have to pay for. And they can help with onboarding and they can help with training. We go out those first few days, we’re there the full shift with them, helping them get onboarded. We’ll create checklists for them. Talk with the manager about getting to know. Because everyone’s different and they’re going to have different behaviors and things like that. So, that’s just a real benefit for someone to onboard that individual and help them be successful. And, also, demystify even for other employees on how to interact with the individual.

Mike Blake: [00:13:54] You know, I’m curious about one thing, because your organizational profile says you work with people who are on the autism spectrum and have Asperger Syndrome. What, if anything, was the impact of Elon Musk’s Saturday Night Live monologue in which he disclosed that he indeed has Asperger’s Syndrome? Is that bringing conversations to you? Is it changing conversations? Too early to tell? What do you think about that?

Bill Schultz: [00:14:24] I thought it was great. And, you know, just the buzz around it that, again, it’s just making it more acceptable and letting people know. There’s so many people with disabilities and we have a wide range of abilities. And everybody you work with, there’s likely someone with something that’s challenging them. The folks we support, you know, are just more parent, more obvious, so it’s visible. And Elon just normalized it for people. And also say, “Look. Look what I can accomplish. And I’m on the spectrum.”

Bill Schultz: [00:15:00] And people with autism spectrum disorder, also Asperger’s, which is just typically higher functioning, are wildly successful. And technology firms are discovering this, and there’s lots of them that are reaching out to this pool. Because with some minor modifications like, you know, often a technology office will have a wide open workspace. This individual might have some sensory issues where they need even an office or high walled cube, but they’re fantastic at coding or they’re fantastic at software analysis. I mean, things that other individuals wouldn’t pick out.

Bill Schultz: [00:15:37] So, again, just a wide spectrum of people that come to us, we’ll place them in technology jobs or different things like that that are well suited for their skills and where their interests lie. But there’s also, you know, a lot of traditional programs like post-secondary education isn’t well suited for people on spectrum, so they fall through the cracks. And there’s just such a wide group of underemployed, talented individuals that we really need to figure out a way to support and get them trained. And then, educate employers on how to bring them onboard and help them be a valuable asset.

Mike Blake: [00:16:12] And I can actually attest to that. I have a relative who has been diagnosed of Asperger’s Syndrome and he, in fact, is a software engineer. And they do make accommodations for him. Not overly heavy in my mind, actually. But he is fantastically successful and they’re just never going to let him go. And the good news is that, people with Asperger’s syndrome don’t particularly like change either. So, it’s actually a scenario that works extremely well for them. So, I can tell you this from my own experience of somebody who has weaknesses related to disability elsewhere, interpersonal reactions, relations, that sort of thing. But in terms of his ability to produce code, I mean, he’s a parent. I’m not an engineer, but for all accounts, he’s not good. He’s great.

Bill Schultz: [00:17:08] Yeah. That’s not an uncommon story. Businesses have to be open to it. I think one of the big miss out there is, there’s a liability or there’s expensive accommodations that need to be made. And that’s just not the case. So, I think it’s just learning. You know, obviously, a business owner can just dip their toes in the water and go and talk with an organization and learn more and meet some of the individuals. And, really, I think, get comfortable with that.

Bill Schultz: [00:17:40] I think one of the biggest things is, we support people with the job coaches so we can help people, we can help train them, and be that gap. And maybe people are worried about disciplinary things. We can come in and have the meeting with the manager and the individual and work through challenges if that becomes a thing. Or, “I can’t fire this individual.” “Well, yes, you can.” That’s not a worry. And we can help with that, too. And other organizations will do the same thing. Typically, it’s a process like anybody else, right? You sit down and kind of talk over. “Well, you’re not doing this or we had this incident. We can’t do that.” And we work through improvement.

Bill Schultz: [00:18:18] And one thing that goes back to the point you made earlier, just the challenge. We’re actually finding employers be a lot more tolerant and give more tries on things because of the challenge. And they see that this individual is trying. And it’s just something that we need to work through and help them understand, because it’s often just something new that comes up that was kind of unexpected. And we help them sort through it. So, I think a big thing is just thinking that there isn’t a liability. And, you know, it’s not expensive to bring on one of these people. There’s not a lot of accommodations that you have to make that are going to be hard for the organization to support.

Mike Blake: [00:18:59] So, obviously it’s important to the individual, it’s important to society, and can be a benefit to a company to hire somebody with a disability and give them a job, make them productive, et cetera. Do governments offer any special incentives that you’re aware of to hire somebody who’s disabled? Are government’s helping offset training costs or hiring costs or wages or anything like that that you’re aware of?

Bill Schultz: [00:19:26] Yeah. Well, I know the state of Minnesota does. There’s a tax break for employers that do. So, I just recommend a business owner go out, I think it’s $9,600 a year in tax break, no matter the number that they hire. So, I would just recommend that they reach out to their Employment Economic Office of their state and look and see if they’re doing something similar. We even have counties within Minnesota, too, that will offer something on top of that. So, you can even check with the county in which your business is and see if they’ll offer some kind of grants. Sometimes it’s for onboarding and they’ll be like onboarding grants and then a retention grant that they’ll get a couple of cash payments for.

Mike Blake: [00:20:11] I’d like to ask a question that popped up. And this may be an unfair question, but I think you can handle it. And that is, I have an observation that coronavirus, in effect, made some employees effectively disabled. Not necessarily from a mental standpoint, although that may be the case, but I think they simply became impaired because of demands that were placed on them outside the workplace, simply did not allow them to be their best selves at work, as they ordinarily would have been.

Mike Blake: [00:20:44] And frankly, I am one of them. My work life balance has changed as I have become a homeschooling father and tried to help my wife realize her goals of starting her business. And that just means I cannot work 15 hours a day and accomplish those things. I really can’t work 12 on a regular basis, frankly.

Mike Blake: [00:21:04] And, you know, as I think about our organization and people that have had to kind of step back and others have covered for them, I kind of wonder if the coronavirus experience maybe has made us collectively a little more understanding of individual people’s limitations. Those limitations may happen because of an actual disability that they have or the limitations may be environmental, but the net impact is the same, I think.

Mike Blake: [00:21:36] I’m curious if you think that maybe coronavirus and just seeing lots of people have had their lives upended and, therefore, they’re not able to be their best professional selves. Do you think that’s led to greater empathy towards the disabled that have kind of had to live with having a different baseline, if you will, of performance than their peers?

Bill Schultz: [00:22:00] Yeah. I think it’s probably a mixed case and it kind of depends on the individual, not the disabled individual, but the other individual. Because what I’ve seen from coronavirus is, and to your point, it can make people more empathetic to others and the challenges that they’re facing and see that. But I’ve also seen fatigue with corona and a lot of people hitting the wall and saying, “I’ve already got so much capacity, I need to do a little self-care. And I need to dial back a little bit on how I’m supporting others.” So, I’ve seen a little bit of both of that.

Bill Schultz: [00:22:41] So, I think one thing that’s helped us a little bit is actually some of the social unrest that we’ve seen with some of the different – well, In Minnesota, specifically with George Floyd and Daunte Wright right. But it’s across the country, unfortunately. That we’ll see a lot more talk around diversity, equity, and inclusion. And some organizations will put people with disabilities in there. And we’re trying to get more people to think about that, because I think that’s really an important thing to help open people’s eyes more so.

Bill Schultz: [00:23:20] Then, COVID is creating, “Oh, my gosh. I’m not thinking about that.” And that’s something that we, as an organization, should really think about, is, how do we do this? Because when they’re trying to do a diversity, equity, and inclusion, it shouldn’t be to do check boxes because they see the value that these individuals bring in different life experiences. And they’re going to add value or they’re going to make the organization stronger.

Bill Schultz: [00:23:41] I equate it to the United States. I think one of the reasons we’re so strong is we’re not homogeneous. We’re a melting pot of people from all over with brilliant entrepreneurs from around the world. And it makes us a great country. And I think a diverse organization, you’re going to get the same benefit. And seeing that being pushed forward, I think, will help people open up to people with disabilities and think of them as that way, too. And, of course, people that have intellectual developmental disabilities or physical disabilities come in all colors as well.

Mike Blake: [00:24:20] Sure. So, you’ve been with this organization for six years, presumably, or five years and change, maybe, I’m not sure the exact months, but are you aware of any data that measures how well disabled or employees with disabilities have performed relative to their peers that do not have such disabilities? They tend to perform as well, a little worse, a little better, pretty much the same? In your experience, kind of what have the results been?

Bill Schultz: [00:24:55] Yeah. I don’t know if there’s analytics around it, but I can say that the best way to equate it is all around individuals. And I’d say, by and large, they’re generally the population. They have people that are great and people that have different struggles and just need to find the right fit. Sometimes they go into one specific job and, you know, you might try out that, “I want to be a lawyer, but, gosh, I’m a terrible lawyer. And, really, I want to go be a chef.” So, it’s the same kind of thing of finding the right fit for the individual, whether they have a disability or not is really where we see it.

Bill Schultz: [00:25:28] We do see more employers opening up, so we’re definitely seeing a huge impact or a huge growth with people being placed on the community. So, that’s certainly in the data. And we see more and more of it. There’s just more demand. And we really are working with individuals to find that. And now, obviously, with employers. Obviously with COVID, a lot of businesses shut down and some jobs were lost. But that’s reboundingly crazy, like it is around the country.

Bill Schultz: [00:26:06] Especially, so we place a lot of people in, like, fast food, or dishwashers, or housekeeping, cashier stocking. I think one thing you’ll see a trend of that’s higher in someone with intellectual developmental disability than maybe your typical person that might be in this position is longevity. So, that’s one attribute that I think you’re going to see more loyalty there. And you also see a lot of reliability.

Bill Schultz: [00:26:36] I think one thing that employers need to understand and to think about is, typically, the folks we place don’t work eight hours a day. There can be income limits based on their benefits. And that’s something that the employer can always work with a job coach and say, “How many hours can this person work?” Because there’s often a misunderstanding by the person that has a disability or their guardian and to which how much they can make. So, maybe they can work 32 hours a week, and they just need to work through that.

Bill Schultz: [00:27:07] The other thing is, a lot of our folks don’t necessarily drive. Some people do. It depends on where they are within that range of ability. So, they’re taking public transportation or sometimes the state has a transportation, and that system can have some tolerance to it that, you know, they might have to show up a little bit early or a little bit late.

Bill Schultz: [00:27:29] And just so the employer educate themselves as to what’s happening. So, an appearance doesn’t look like, “Oh, my gosh, this guy is late again.” And it could be that, you know, he’s setting up a ride with the local state agency and those drivers, they got to figure out the route or whatever it is. So, they can talk with that job coach and really help sort those things out. So, I think something just for people to be aware of is, typically they’re going to be part time. I would say on average it’s 20 hours a week. But that can be also really helpful.

Bill Schultz: [00:28:03] Because a lot of times, you know, if I’m at a fast food restaurant, my busy shifts are this window. And I only want you to work this hour and these hours. And I don’t need you otherwise. And most of the folks aren’t going to ask for benefits because they’re getting the benefits. So, that can be a benefit for some business owners.

Mike Blake: [00:28:26] So, is there anything that the disabled tend to bring to the table because of their experience, their life experience, that may distinguish them from more conventional job candidates. And you mentioned longevity as one. Are there other ways that, in some ways, maybe hiring somebody with a disability may result actually in a superior employee on average?

Bill Schultz: [00:28:57] Yeah. I think, again, we’re just talking about individuals. So, there’s a wide range of that. But, again, I think the one thing that you might see is, some of the tasks that someone you’ve hired off the street is really not very productive at it because they’re really bored with it. And so, they’re going to be slower. Where you can bring in someone with a disability that they gravitate to that responsibility and they’re going to be just incredible at it.

Bill Schultz: [00:29:26] We also do what’s called support employment teams, where we’re the employer of record. And a lot of other organizations will do this. We call them support employment teams. Lots of organizations call them enclaves. So, they come to a business. The organization will be paid by the business. And then, we pay those individuals. But we show up and do the work.

Bill Schultz: [00:29:48] And we work, for example, at one of the plants for General Mills here in the Twin Cities. And this is hard work. So, we’re repackaging and making mixes for baked goods, frozen baked goods. So, it’s a cold environment, fast paced, heavy boxes. And you go in there and they are replacing temps that they hire with us. Because the quality of temps, we outperform them and we’re more reliable. So, all of those things can be attributed to someone that they hire an individual. Because it’s well suited. The folks that are there work really hard. And I mean, Mike, if you went there, you would be exhausted. And were there six hours a day, five days a week. So, I think those things are just considerations for businesses.

Mike Blake: [00:30:39] So, you mentioned something that I’d like to dig a little deeper into, because I think it’s important. And you tell me if it’s not, obviously. But one sort of subtext of what you’re describing is that many employees with a disability have a a support system around them that deeply wants them to succeed in that job. I mean, that’s their purpose in life. You ain’t doing it for the money. You’re doing it because you think it’s important, I’m sure. And your colleagues think that it’s important.

Mike Blake: [00:31:18] And, you know, there are a lot of nondisabled employees that would benefit from the same thing. That would benefit from focus, and paying attention, and showing up to work on time, and basic rules, and also work etiquette. And, also, when things aren’t going well, how do you you sort of handle that? Who do you vent to, et cetera? And it just strikes me that the benefit of having just that kind of support structure must be a massive advantage.

Mike Blake: [00:31:55] Imagine if as a manager, you know, if I had an employee that I wanted to cultivate and keep on the right track, in a professional sense, I would love to go home with that employee and sort of be around them 24/7 or have my structure around them 24/7. I cannot. But somebody with a disability may very well have somebody like you in your organization that does that. And what an awesome benefit.

Bill Schultz: [00:32:23] Yeah. True. I mean, to your point, there’s two things. One, so we’ll place someone in an organization and the manager will see what we’re doing for that person. We bring along. We help them onboard. We’ll go in and check on them occasionally. We’ll check with the manager. How are things going? What do we need to work on? What do they need to work on? Help the manager understand the individual and how to best coach them. If something comes up, we’re there.

Bill Schultz: [00:32:50] And we’ve had managers say, “Hey, I’ve got this person that could maybe use your services or the services.” So, within the the state of Minnesota, that individual just needs to go to the unemployment office – what is it? – Extended Employment Office here and demonstrate the need, whether it’s a disability or just the need for support, and they can often qualify for a certain number of hours of service to help that. So, that does happen.

Bill Schultz: [00:33:22] And we, obviously, offer support for people that are living in their home. So, it’s not just employment, but they need help organizing their bills. Because we’re trying to keep people in their homes. That’s the most cost effective way for a government. You know, if someone’s not living in a house or an apartment program where they’re paying paying a higher rate for that. So, we do a lot of that support as well. Just whether it’s socialization, managing their medical appointments, medications, bills, all those different things. You know, we try to encompass the full life, if that’s needed for the individual. Just help them be successful. Just a little bit of coaching and support goes just such a long ways in making that individual successful.

Mike Blake: [00:34:02] As an aside, I just have to say, you said something about how important it is to keep people in a home. I’ve read numerous studies that the biggest inflection point to preventing sort of a disastrous social outcome is making sure people stay in a home. Because once somebody is homeless, it’s at least ten times harder to kind of reverse that and get them off that track. So, good for you on that.

Mike Blake: [00:34:30] So, I’m going to change tack on the question here, because I want to cover both sides of this issue here. And what I want to ask is, what defines or what characterizes an organization that maybe is not a good fit for somebody with a disability? And I’ll preface this. That may be a confusing question.

Mike Blake: [00:34:58] So, to make it a little bit clearer, you know, I’m sure that you don’t have 100 percent or 1,000 batting average. You don’t have 100 percent success with every candidate. And I’m sure that in every case where there has not been success, I’m sure it has not always been the candidate’s fault. There may be some organizations that simply don’t have the infrastructure, culture, understanding, whatever it is, to properly onboard, manage, and cultivate somebody with a disability.

Mike Blake: [00:35:29] So, that’s a long winded way of simply getting to the question of, you know, what’s a warning sign of an organization that might have some work to do on itself before it really would be a good place to find a professional or a working home for somebody with a disability?

Bill Schultz: [00:35:47] Sure. I kind of see that in two questions. So, I want to answer the first part. I think when you’re looking at an individual with a disability and what might not be a good fit, it’s like any position you’re going to hire for anyone. And does that individual have the right skillset to meet the needs of the job? Because you could hire somebody and it’s like, “I need you to be an engineer.” And if they don’t have a background in engineering, they’re going to fail.

Bill Schultz: [00:36:14] So, if you’re going to hire someone with a disability that maybe has a mobility issue, and you’re in a warehouse environment with forklifts flying around, and they might be crossing that traffic, that might not be a good fit for the individual. But there’s also going to be a job coach that’s going to say, “Yeah. Probably not a good fit for this individual.” So, I think that’s one thing, is just, it’s going to depend on that person.

Bill Schultz: [00:36:39] One of the things that we’ve seen where, I think, businesses are successful with, one, having an open mind and flexibility around the individuals. And we see this grow over time because businesses will try to, typically, be either jaded. They had a bad experience, and it didn’t work out, and they won’t give it a second try. It’s just like, if I had a bad employee, I’m not ever hiring another employee again. But that’s not going to work for your business.

Bill Schultz: [00:37:02] So, I would say, you know, open your mind and just work with that organization, the job coach, to understand what it needs to support that person. Because we’ll see that be successful. And then, that business will hire more because they can see the success in it.

Bill Schultz: [00:37:20] Another area, this is an example of a fast food, where we have someone working at a well-known fast food place and wildly successful. This individual has some specific behaviors that would be triggered. But the manager understood those. He knew how to de-escalate things. It never happened in front of customers, but they could handle it well. Well, this manager went on vacation. They had somebody come in somewhere else. This person had that trigger. It showed that behavior to that manager. And the manager said, “This is intolerable. You’re fired.” So, they fired somebody that worked there for years just because they didn’t understand.

Bill Schultz: [00:37:57] So, there wasn’t proper training on the hand over is one thing that we’ll see where you’ve got a good employee, they just act in a unique way in certain situations. And that person knew how to handle it and this person didn’t. And the way they reacted was to terminate the employee.

Mike Blake: [00:38:14] So, that’s interesting. So, it sounds to me that, in particular, if you are an organization that maybe doesn’t have a lot of experience or history with hiring people with disabilities, it may be a good idea to pave the way for that with some sort of training, I guess, right? Because you do have to manage differently. You may even need to alter your culture to some extent.

Bill Schultz: [00:38:42] Yeah. We’ll do training. Sometimes they’ll just want to have the direct manager do it. We also did a grant initiative to help understand where are some of the barriers. And one of the things we learned that’s really helpful – and maybe you’ve had this experience – so you go on to a new job and you’re trying to figure out things. Where’s the coffee maker? What’s the culture like? What if this happened? And your relationship is just with your manager, and you want to have that relationship.

Bill Schultz: [00:39:13] So, if you can bring on somebody with a disability and it goes with any employer and have like a mentor for them that’s not their manager, they have someone to go to, you know, they can ask any kind of question to and also just another support for the individual. That really help them be successful.

Bill Schultz: [00:39:29] One of the things we also did was, we had funding where we paid the wages. So, one of the biggest barriers is employers haven’t done it. And there’s a risk of, “Oh, I don’t want to do this.” So, we would say, “Okay. Here’s, basically, an internship and we’re going to pay the wages for this individual for three weeks. You try it.” It doesn’t work out, they just walk away. And we had, I think, 80 percent of the people were hired after those three weeks.

Bill Schultz: [00:39:57] So, it’s just getting over that initial concern. And, really, we need to demystify that, if you hire someone with disability, you can’t fire them because of discrimination. That’s just not the case. And, again, usually the organization is going to come with a job coach. I would certainly recommend that. I think it just is going to make the individual and the business successful. And they can help you remove that person if it’s just not going to be a right fit, and they can find something else.

Mike Blake: [00:40:24] What’s a favorite success story that your organization has had with an individual that it’s just been a great experience? Maybe you have a ton of them you can’t pick, but I hope you can pick one because I would like to give our audience an understanding kind of what the ceiling looks like.

Bill Schultz: [00:40:42] Well, holy cow, there’s such a wide range. We have somebody that’s a certified nurse assistant at the VA. I think that’s been a real success. We placed people, again, with autism and maybe they don’t need as much support, in technology jobs. And, you know, it’s funny because they’re making way more money than their job coach is making, which is fine.

Bill Schultz: [00:41:08] I think one of the success stories that I like is, we have a lot of people that come to us just for job development and will go out in the community. We have other people that come – we have locations – and they’ll come to us for work and they work for us or they come for enrichment. And we had somebody that came in to us, really severe autism, and basically wouldn’t even make eye contact with people, and just had his nose in a book. A big guy, he’s like 6’4″, a couple hundred pounds, not very verbal. And we just worked with him over the years. And he wanted to work. His dream was to work at Potbelly was really his goal.

Bill Schultz: [00:41:48] And we worked with him and just slowly developed these skills where he could interact with people and got him, you know, more and more skills. And then, we were able to to get him a job at Potbelly, where he worked cleaning the area where you eat. So, that’s just one of the great stories, I think, because it just shows anybody with the right support can be successful. It just depends on where they’re starting from. And that was just a great story to see because he came through so many challenges. And the perseverance of our team to get him there and fulfill his goal of working at Potbelly was really exciting.

Mike Blake: [00:42:25] We’re talking with Bill Schultz, who’s President and CEO of Opportunity Partners. And the topic is, Should I hire someone with a disability? So, another question I’m sure that our audience would like to get an understanding of is, what are some best practices in terms of working with an employee with a disability? We talked sort of in generalities in terms of being flexible. I’m sure patience is part of it. But I think those are features of a company. But in terms of best practices and for day-to-day management to maximize that person’s value and performance, do you have any best practices you can share?

Bill Schultz: [00:43:11] Sure. I think that the biggest thing is, they’re coming with a job coach. Be open with the job coach. There’ll be some different corporate policies that, either we wouldn’t be able to access their schedule or get access to them on site or talk with their manager, because I think that’s just so successful. We can say, “Here’s John, and John’s going to have these kind of behaviors or challenges. And this is how you might handle this situation. What are the things you want, John, to do? Let’s go over that.” They will develop that checklist for the individual and work with them on those things.

Bill Schultz: [00:43:45] Then, say, “Okay. If John’s going to have downtime, how does he handle downtime?” Because John might not know what to do if there’s not. So, he needs some kind of direction. So, they’ll work through those learning things. So, I think it’s really important to know that working with a job coach is just going to steepen your learning curve so much and make that individual and that business more successful in doing that.

Mike Blake: [00:44:11] Kudos to you, by the way, for using steeping the learning curve correctly. Most people don’t. That drives me crazy. So, well done. You get a Decision Vision gold star. So, you’re in Minnesota, do you work across the country or are you regional? And if so, are there other organizations in different parts of the country that can help with more localized potential opportunity matches?

Bill Schultz: [00:44:40] Yeah. As a matter of fact, we’re just in Minnesota, but there are all kinds of organizations just like ours across the country, great organizations. They can just search disability organization and they will find those. You know, Google will be their friend.

Mike Blake: [00:44:59] Now, we talked a little bit about, you know, what kind of environments may not be optimal for hiring somebody with a disability. And I’m curious, I think a lot of us, just because they’re visible, we tend to associate the disabled with food service, hospitality, retail to some extent. Is that by accident or are there certain industries that tend to be a better match than others?

Bill Schultz: [00:45:31] Well, those are pretty common. It’s across the board, though. You know, it’s retail. We have an I.T. tech specialist that works for the Minnesota Department of Health. We have people that work for the Transportation Department. We have people that work at Lane Bryant or a rehabilitation center, retirement communities. Boy, it’s all over the place. But restaurants, convenience stores, stocking, manufacturing is really pretty common, so all kinds of different manufacturers, industrial things, where there usually is some kind of support. And, again, doing those tasks that they don’t want to have those higher paid skilled workers doing so they can off board that work and really focus those people on doing those things.

Mike Blake: [00:46:30] Bill, we’re running out of time and I have questions I’d hope to ask, but we’re not going to get to. But if somebody listening has a question that they want to address or maybe go deeper than we are able to in a question we did cover, are you willing to talk to them? And if so, how can people contact you for more information about this topic?

Bill Schultz: [00:46:48] For sure. Just have them reference my name Bill and email at info@opportunities – that’s plural – .org.

Mike Blake: [00:46:57] Very good. Well, that’s going to wrap it up for today’s program. I’d like to thank Bill Schultz so much for joining us and sharing his expertise with us.

Mike Blake: [00:47:05] We’ll be exploring a new topic each week. So, please tune in so that when you’re faced with your next business decision, you have clear vision when making it. If you enjoy these podcasts, please consider leaving a review with your favorite podcast aggregator. It helps people find us that we can help them. If you like to engage with me on social media with my Chart of the Day and other content, I’m on LinkedIn as myself and @unblakeable on Facebook, Twitter, Clubhouse, and Instagram. Once again, this is Mike Blake. Our sponsor is Brady Ware & Company. And this has been the Decision Vision podcast.

 

Tagged With: Asperger syndrome, Autism, Bill Schultz, Brady Ware, Brady Ware & Company, disabled adults, intellectual and developmental disability, Mike Blake, Opportunity Partners

Decision Vision Episode 117: Should I Work for a Non-Profit? – An Interview with Elisa Goodwin, Mission: Hope, and Stan Dawson, Retired from Crossroads Community Ministries

May 20, 2021 by John Ray

Crossroads Community Ministries
Decision Vision
Decision Vision Episode 117: Should I Work for a Non-Profit? - An Interview with Elisa Goodwin, Mission: Hope, and Stan Dawson, Retired from Crossroads Community Ministries
Loading
00:00 /
RSS Feed
Share
Link
Embed

Download file

Elisa Goodwin

Decision Vision Episode 117:  Should I Work for a Non-Profit? – An Interview with Elisa Goodwin, Mission: Hope, and Stan Dawson, Retired from Crossroads Community Ministries

If you’re a corporate executive or business owner thinking about a second stage in your career working at a non-profit, this episode is for you. Elisa Goodwin, current CEO of Mission: Hope, and Stan Dawson, retired Executive Director of Crossroads Community Ministries, discuss their experiences with host Mike Blake, the myths of working for a non-profit, and much more. Decision Vision is presented by Brady Ware & Company.

Elisa Goodwin, President/CEO, Mission: Hope

Elisa Goodwin, President & CEO, Mission: Hope

Elisa Goodwin is currently President/CEO of Mission: Hope, an Atlanta-based, international non-profit serving through local leaders in the world’s most remote villages to build sustainable solutions to their most urgent issues. She has spent the last 15 years in nonprofit service. Prior to that, she was a bank executive in small business banking and retail for more than two decades. For those considering for-profit vs. non-profit careers, she can definitely provide perspective. Elisa attended Towson State University and received a B.S. in Mass Communications. She also received an MBA from Clark University. Her office is in Alpharetta, Georgia on the Jackson Healthcare campus

LinkedIn

Mission: Hope

Mission: Hope is a Christ-centered organization committed to equipping churches and leaders to bring about sustainable transformation in isolated villages.

For over 20 years, they have tackled critical needs in some of the most remote areas on the planet. Led by the vision and adventurous spirit of Dr. Ben Mathes, their organization has provided medical care for millions and led thousands of people to experience new life in Jesus.

In 2017, Rivers of the World changed its name to Mission: Hope to reflect its broader reach beyond the river.

Their goal today is to continue building upon our rich history. While their work has expanded beyond the river, our heart and vision remain the same: doing whatever it takes to bring hope to the hopeless.

Their model looks at a village as a whole, working with the local leaders and churches to distinguish their assets as well as their greatest challenges. Their process heavily involves indigenous leadership for assessing the village and providing solutions to needs. Together they transform impoverished villages into sustainable ones.

Company website | Facebook | Instagram

Stan Dawson, Former Executive Director, Crossroads Community Ministries

Stan was the ED of Crossroads Community Ministries, Inc. from 1999 until 2016.

Prior to that, he was partner/co-owner of Northside Material Brokers, Inc. Prior to that he was Executive Director of Creative Interchange, Inc., (a division of FCS Urban Ministries) which focused on job development and business creation for those living in low-income communities. He also served as national Community Services Director for Prison Fellowship, Inc., Washington, DC. This organization’s mission was to assist federal and state prisoners transition back into mainstream society. He also worked with Boys Clubs of American where he designed the self-help youth employment program. He spent almost three years with Campus Life/Youth for Christ International working with low-income high school students.

After graduating from Georgia State University with a BBA degree, he began his professional career with the First National Bank of Atlanta in their Marketing Department.

Stan is married with two adult children and two grandchildren.

LinkedIn

Crossroads Community Ministries

Crossroads Community Ministries seeks to provide access to resources that empower people experiencing homelessness to progress on the road toward economic and personal stability

For over 20 years, Crossroads Community Ministries has been a leading provider of supportive services for those experiencing homelessness in our community. Last year, the staff and dedicated volunteers served over 4,200 men, women and children, primarily through our Renewal Project which consists of stabilization and job readiness training programs.

Company website | Facebook | Twitter | Instagram

Mike Blake, Brady Ware & Company

Mike Blake, Host of the “Decision Vision” podcast series

Michael Blake is the host of the Decision Vision podcast series and a Director of Brady Ware & Company. Mike specializes in the valuation of intellectual property-driven firms, such as software firms, aerospace firms, and professional services firms, most frequently in the capacity as a transaction advisor, helping clients obtain great outcomes from complex transaction opportunities. He is also a specialist in the appraisal of intellectual properties as stand-alone assets, such as software, trade secrets, and patents.

Mike has been a full-time business appraiser for 13 years with public accounting firms, boutique business appraisal firms, and an owner of his own firm. Prior to that, he spent 8 years in venture capital and investment banking, including transactions in the U.S., Israel, Russia, Ukraine, and Belarus.

Brady Ware & Company

Brady Ware & Company is a regional full-service accounting and advisory firm which helps businesses and entrepreneurs make visions a reality. Brady Ware services clients nationally from its offices in Alpharetta, GA; Columbus and Dayton, OH; and Richmond, IN. The firm is growth-minded, committed to the regions in which they operate, and most importantly, they make significant investments in their people and service offerings to meet the changing financial needs of those they are privileged to serve. The firm is dedicated to providing results that make a difference for its clients.

Decision Vision Podcast Series

Decision Vision is a podcast covering topics and issues facing small business owners and connecting them with solutions from leading experts. This series is presented by Brady Ware & Company. If you are a decision-maker for a small business, we’d love to hear from you. Contact us at decisionvision@bradyware.com and make sure to listen to every Thursday to the Decision Vision podcast.

Past episodes of Decision Vision can be found at decisionvisionpodcast.com. Decision Vision is produced and broadcast by the North Fulton studio of Business RadioX®.

Connect with Brady Ware & Company:

Website | LinkedIn | Facebook | Twitter | Instagram</a

TRANSCRIPT

Intro: [00:00:02] Welcome to Decision Vision, a podcast series focusing on critical business decisions. Brought to you by Brady Ware & Company. Brady Ware is a regional full service accounting and advisory firm that helps businesses and entrepreneurs make visions a reality.

Mike Blake: [00:00:21] Welcome to Decision Vision, a podcast giving you, the listener, clear vision to make great decisions. In each episode, we discuss the process of decision making on a different topic from the business owners’ or executives’ perspective. We aren’t necessarily telling you what to do, but we can put you in a position to make an informed decision on your own and understand when you might need help along the way.

Mike Blake: [00:00:41] My name is Mike Blake, and I’m your host for today’s program. I’m a director at Brady Ware & Company, a full service accounting firm based in Dayton, Ohio, with offices in Dayton; Columbus, Ohio; Richmond, Indiana; and Alpharetta, Georgia. Brady Ware is sponsoring this podcast, which is being recorded in Atlanta per social distancing protocols. If you would like to engage with me on social media with my Chart of the Day and other content, I am on LinkedIn as myself and @unblakeable on Facebook, Twitter, Clubhouse, and Instagram. If you like this podcast, please subscribe on your favorite podcast aggregator, and please consider leaving a review of the podcast as well.

Mike Blake: [00:01:16] So, today’s topic is, Should I get a job with a nonprofit? And according to a 2019 report by the Center for Civil Society Studies at Johns Hopkins University, nonprofits account for roughly one in ten jobs in the United States private workforce, with total employees worked numbering 12.3 people in 2016.

Mike Blake: [00:01:40] And I want to cover this topic because I think it’s timely for a number of reasons. Number one, as we record this on May 13, 2021, we are seeing some unprecedented conditions in the job market. For the first time in my lifetime – and I just passed age 51, so that makes me 1970 vintage – this is the first time I can ever remember people talking about a labor shortage. There have been times it’s been difficult to hire people. Of course, in the 1990’s, we have the dotcom boom and we had a very tight labor market. But there’s never really a thought that we just didn’t have enough people to fill jobs.

Mike Blake: [00:02:26] And the conversation this time, I think, is very different. I think it’s also relevant because, you know, the pandemic and other things that have happened, of course, right along with it, we’ve had massive social upheaval. And many of the effects of those two phenomena have been not great. People have been hurt. They’ve died. They’ve had their lives, their careers, perhaps, inexorably altered. But it’s also led, I think, as any crisis and cataclysm, really, creates is something new that’s going to rise from the ashes.

Mike Blake: [00:03:14] And what I’m observing as I read and as I talk to people, as I listen to other podcasts, TED talks, et cetera, one thing that’s rising from the ashes is, I think, many people are re-examining what they want to do with the rest of their lives. They’re re-examining, “Is what I was doing in 2019, is it really all that and a bag of chips, frankly? And do I kind of want to go back to that in 2021? Even if I get two shots, even if I get ten shots, even if everybody I know and their uncle and aunt get shots, you know, am I all fired up to going back to what I was doing then?”

Mike Blake: [00:03:53] And, now, realizing how life short is – I don’t know what the death toll is in the United States. The official death toll is a-half-a-million. I think it’s likely higher than that from the pandemic. And although it’s been concentrated among the elderly, it certainly has not been limited to that. And so, you know, my Generation X and other subsequent generations have been confronted with mortality in, in your face, widespread way, that, again, I don’t think that I can remember. I think it’s prompting a lot of people to do some soul searching and say, “Am I doing what I really want to be doing?”

Mike Blake: [00:03:53] And that leads into that labor force discussions, partially that we don’t have enough people. On our last conversation we had last week with Jeffrey Korzenik, you know, the decline in labor force in the United States has been occurring since 2010. This phenomenon just simply made it more noticeable. But I think a lot of people are reexamining, not only what are they doing, but why are they doing it? And I think people are starting to place a premium on, “If I’m going to work, then I want it to be more meaningful than a paycheck. Frankly, I want it to be more meaningful than paying off my student loans. If that’s all it is, I’m not sure how I’m interested.”

Mike Blake: [00:05:19] And so, I think for many people the thoughts are turning to a nonprofit. I think by definition, when you work for a nonprofit, you’re committing to work for something that’s a purpose greater than yourself. And our guests will talk to us more about that. But one of the attractions, I think, for working for a nonprofit is – I cannot imagine it’s all about the paycheck. You don’t change your career to the nonprofit world to get rich. You change your career because you want your work life to have a greater impact beyond yourself. And from what I’m seeing and how people are reflecting upon their lives, how their spirituality is evolving in this trans-pandemic environment, I think that it’s a timely topic. And I hope that you, the listeners, think that it’s a timely topic, too.

Mike Blake: [00:06:10] And helping us work through this are two guests, Elisa Goodwin and Stan Dawson. Elisa Goodwin is currently President and CEO of Mission: Hope, an Atlanta based international nonprofit serving through local leaders in the world’s most remote villages to build sustainable solutions to their most urgent issues. Last year, Mission: Hope served 45,000 in remote villages where no one else was helping. She spent the last 15 years in nonprofit service. Prior to that, she was a bank executive in small business banking and retail for more than two decades. For those considering profit versus nonprofit careers, she can definitely provide perspective.

Mike Blake: [00:06:47] Also joining us is Stan Dawson, who is the Executive Director of Crossroads Community Ministries from 1999 to 2016 – at which point, I believe he retired. Prior to that, Stan was a partner and co-owner of Northside Material Brokers Incorporated. And before that, was executive director of Creative Interchange Incorporated, which is a division of FCS Urban Ministries that’s focused on job development and business creation for those living in low income communities. He also served as National Community Services Director for Prison Fellowship Incorporated in Washington, D.C. Another connection, because our last topic was about making the decision to hire people with a criminal record.

Mike Blake: [00:07:24] Stan also worked with Boys Clubs of America, where he designed the Self-help Youth Employment Program. He spent almost three years in the Campus Life Youth for Christ International, working with low income high school students. Stan’s first job out of school was with the First National Bank of Atlanta in their marketing department. Currently, he’s married with two adult children and two grandchildren. Elisa and Stan, welcome to the program.

Elisa Goodwin: [00:07:47] Thank you, Mike.

Stan Dawson: [00:07:47] Thank you. Glad to be with you.

Mike Blake: [00:07:49] So, this may sound like an obvious question, but I think it’s actually quite a new one, so I’m going to ask it anyway because I don’t want to assume. What is a nonprofit exactly?

Elisa Goodwin: [00:08:03] Do you want to go first, Mike? Or me?

Mike Blake: [00:08:08] Elisa, why don’t you take it.

Elisa Goodwin: [00:08:09] Sure. So, it’s an organization that qualifies for tax exempt status from the IRS. And its mission or purpose is to further a social cause and provide public benefit. And if you are qualifying for people to write off their donations, then you’re a 501(c)3. That’s the really simple explanation or definition of it, but that’s pretty much what it is.

Mike Blake: [00:08:43] Okay. So, I like you both to talk about your origin stories. Stan, I’ll ask you to lead off first. You spent a good chunk of your career, and it sounds like from a pretty early age, in the nonprofit sector. How did you get there?

Stan Dawson: [00:08:59] That was not my intent. I grew up right near downtown Atlanta. I got a business degree. And my one goal in life at that point was to make as much money as I could coming out of college with a business degree. I got on at that point, as you had mentioned earlier, with one of the largest banks in Atlanta. Then, it was known as the First National Bank of Atlanta, since morphed many times into Wells Fargo today.

Stan Dawson: [00:09:36] And I was really fortunate through a professor friend, landed in their marketing department. And most people starting out in banking, at least back then, you had to start at ground level. So, I was really fortunate, excited, thrilled that I’d be on the path to establishing a solid financial foundation.

Stan Dawson: [00:10:02] Well, 15 months into it, my heart started pounding away and I realized that for me to have a goal of making as much money as I could wasn’t going to bring me joy in life. It might bring me a happy retirement, but I wanted to enjoy what I was doing while I was doing it. So, I got involved with, as you said, Campus Life Youth Organization. Mainly underprivileged teenagers at that point fell so in love with that.

Stan Dawson: [00:10:37] I morphed into the next phase, which was aligning myself with a brand new organization, since become quite well-known, at least in southeast Atlanta, and that’s Family Consultation Services, which in effect worked with the same population. But parents, children, teens, whomever was in that demographic. I fell in love even deeper with what I was doing that led to involvement at one point with federal prisoners. Chuck Colson, who you may remember is President Richard Nixon’s hatchet man, started this organization. Tremendous job. We were helping federal prisoners. I did that for a few years. Moved back to Atlanta, re-engaged with FCS, ran some businesses for them.

Stan Dawson: [00:11:41] And then, after 20 plus years, I decided maybe it was time to step away, take a break from nonprofit work, and get back to pursuing the goal of chasing money. So, I went into partnership with another individual. I was making more money than I ever had. And suddenly, the heart started pounding away. And I said, “This isn’t worth it. I’m making all this money and I’m very miserable.” With that – long story short – a door opened up the Crossroads. They were looking for an executive director. Because of my background and, obviously, my most recent business experience, I jumped into the hopper and was selected to be the next executive director. And then, until I retired, I just spent 16 incredible joyous years doing that program, directing that program.

Mike Blake: [00:12:47] Elisa, how about you? I know you had a little bit of a different path. What’s your origin story? How did you and the nonprofit world meet?

Elisa Goodwin: [00:12:55] Okay. Well, so I was having a really great time in banking for, like you said, over two decades. I moved up the ladder quickly, got my MBA to be more competitive. One trip still why. I just got stock options. It was a blast. And I loved banking, so the only mission that I had was to be the next bank president. I was perfectly satisfied. Well, and I’m being facetious, but the mistake of saying, “God, send me where you want me. And if you ever want me to leave banking, just make it clear and I’ll leave.” Well, there you go.

Elisa Goodwin: [00:13:35] And then, two weeks later, we were getting ready for a recession. And the senior team was getting together and the leader said, “You guys need to decide that you’re in this with me and we’re going to make some changes. It’s going to affect you, but you’ll still get your salary and all your good stuff. But are you in?” And long story short, I felt like I could make a decision right there. So, since I needed to make a decision, I really felt like that was a clear point to terminate a 17 year relationship with one particular leader.

Elisa Goodwin: [00:14:09] It was super difficult to do, and I was sure that my purpose was to go in the financial industry, just a different job. I was a senior VP at that point, like you said, in retail and small business banking, and loving every minute of it and very fulfilled. So, I started looking in the financial industry and applied to one nonprofit that I knew of because of my experience with a board member who gave generously to that organization. And I read their book and loved it.

Elisa Goodwin: [00:14:40] And, actually, the president of that organization was the former prison fellowship president after Chuck Colson – so we have a little connection there – Tom Pratt. So, anyway, they called me and I was sure that they were going to offer me or invite me to give a major gift. I really didn’t think they would want, you know, a jaded banker to take a ministry position. And so, I went in and they didn’t have a role. And the guy liked me and said, “All I have is this assistant position.” And here I have been a senior V.P. and I said, “Well, you know, if this is where I’m supposed to be, God will provide, let’s keep talking.”

Elisa Goodwin: [00:15:18] I ended up going into the senior team meeting. He wanted me to meet everyone. Tom Pratt saw me and said, “I want to see this lady’s resume.” And as a result, my first gig was at an international ministry and I was running, essentially, sales. The equivalent in a nonprofit of sales is philanthropy fundraising. So, I ran the fundraising, the marketing and communications. And that was my background. And that’s how it all started.

Elisa Goodwin: [00:15:48] And I’ve got to tell you, I’ve never felt like I had to be in nonprofit, even though it’s certainly rewarding. But every time I think that God is kind of stirring me up to go somewhere and I say, “Well, if you want me to go back into the for-profit world and, you know, be a light and an encouragement and do my job, I’ll do it.” But he keeps sending me into nonprofit. So, here I am, 15 years later, still in nonprofit, and enjoying it. I’ve had a career that I’ve loved every minute of for-profit and nonprofit.

Mike Blake: [00:16:18] Well, I can see that. For the listeners, you can’t see the video, but I can see she’s got a big smile on her face when she talks about this. So, it certainly looks like you’re enjoying it. So, a question I’d like each of you to take a swing at. It could be just my bias, though I don’t think so. But if it is, I’ll cop to it. But I think there’s a sense that when people leave the corporate sector to join a nonprofit and to join that world, there can be the perception that that’s sort of a transition to retirement or maybe a capstone to a career.

Elisa Goodwin: [00:16:59] It’s viewed – I think in some circles, if you don’t know what you’re talking about to be perfectly candid – as something of a step down from being in the corporate environment. It doesn’t pay as well. Perhaps the intensity is less, but you’ll either confirm or disabuse me of that notion. And I’m curious, is that accurate? Is that a bad bias? Is there some truth to that? How would you kind of react to that observation?

Elisa Goodwin: [00:17:28] I can go first if you want. I would say, first of all, I know that some people consider it like their half-time transition. And some people do consider it kind of in semiretirement mode. But I think it’s just completely situational and can go either way. For me, it was just the next step in my career. Did it actually set me back? Yeah. I took about a 65 percent pay cut and went from six weeks vacation to zero the first year with loads of experience. So, heck yeah, I call it my desert period.

Elisa Goodwin: [00:18:06] Now, you know, I’ve pretty much recovered from that. I mean in terms of that, there are jobs that are sweet that pay a lot in nonprofit, but there’s a lot more probably that don’t, I would say. And I even worked for an organization that didn’t have medical benefits and I had to turn around and find ways to provide that because I could not take care of my people.

Elisa Goodwin: [00:18:30] But in terms of how demanding it is, I would say that I thought I worked like a dog in banking, but now I work like a dog, a cat, and a gorilla. I mean, it’s a lot. It’s demanding and rewarding. So, if you don’t do it for the passion and the mission, then you probably should still be in for-profit because, you know, it is rare that you are compensated fully for all that you sacrifice to be in that role. And I mean that in a positive way. But it is the truth.

Mike Blake: [00:19:04] I mean, there’s a trade off that we’re talking about, at least I perceive it to be that way anyway. Stan, do you want to add anything to that?

Stan Dawson: [00:19:12] Well, just to say that, for me, as I mentioned, I was making more money than I ever had, but my heart was just empty. And when this opportunity presented itself, I couldn’t get to it fast enough. I had to dissolve my side of the partnership. But it was just such a joy to leave. The fact that I was going to take a pay cut never entered my mind. I knew that I was getting older faster and that I wanted the rest of my work life to be involved with helping to make lives better for the organization we’re serving.

Stan Dawson: [00:20:00] I will say that the business opportunity, when you run a business, of course, PNLs, balance sheets are very, very important. Often people think that in the nonprofit sector, it’s not quite as important. But it’s just like running a business. You better have more revenue coming in than going out. Or regardless of how big your heart is, the doors are going to eventually close. So, my business degree and ownership position for those four or five years, I took all that skill with me to the nonprofit. And I think elevated my management standards, if you will, much quicker than it would have had I just started out in the world of nonprofits.

Mike Blake: [00:20:57] You know, you say something that I like to pause on a little bit, because I think that’s important. I’ve served on boards of a couple of nonprofits. I’ve never been employed by one. I’ve never been offered employment by one. But one thing that struck me is that, generating revenue for a nonprofit, I think, may be harder – maybe a lot harder than generating revenue for a for-profit.

Mike Blake: [00:21:24] You know, I’m a partner in a CPA firm and I’m a practice leader, and, frankly, I can sell. And if I don’t, I’m going hungry. But if I had to sell kind of the way that nonprofits generate revenue, that’s just a different animal, man. And I think in a lot of ways it’s harder, isn’t it? I mean, what do you think about that? I am on to something there or am I all wet?

Stan Dawson: [00:21:53] No. Not at all. At Crossroads, who we had the privilege of serving was people who came to us that were homeless. They could have been a bank executive or pro athlete, crack, cocaine, abuser, prostitute, all walks of life came through our doors at Crossroads. And, you know, when you don’t have a hard product to sell, if you will, for $0.97, what you’re selling is trying to make a human’s life a little bit more joyful, more livable, more sustainable, that’s a challenging task. I’m sure Elisa with her mission runs into the same thing.

Stan Dawson: [00:22:56] But to try to raise revenue for that particular population is a real challenge. So, you better come with a briefcase full of business savvy knowledge base about the population you’re serving, and what it is you need and are asking for, so that the folks you’re requesting funds from will buy into your sense of accountability. Because if they don’t, there’s no going back with a less expensive product.

Mike Blake: [00:23:34] Elisa, what do you think?

Elisa Goodwin: [00:23:35] Oh, my word, it’s tremendously different and more difficult. So, in banking, of course, if you can show me how you can save me money and make my business easier to run, and I like and trust you, you’re goals. In the nonprofit sector, you have to still build the relationship and be trustworthy. But then, as Stan said, you’ve got to connect with where their heart is, where they want to have their money make the biggest impact. And there are tons of different ways they look at that, right? So, you’ve got to figure out what triggers them and what’s going to keep them engaged, as opposed to simply save you money on your loan and your deposits, et cetera. I’ve got your business as long as I stay competitive.

Elisa Goodwin: [00:24:24] And just like the for-profit industry, you are competing with tons of other nonprofits who know where the money is and they are pinging on these people as well. And then, you’ve got the people that are so jaded, they talk about how they feel like an ATM machine. That’s kind of a common phrase. And then, they’ll use third parties like National Christian Foundation and other community foundations so that they are a bit separated from the organizations unless they choose to engage. And then, that kind of creates a wider distance for you and that the partner so it’s even harder to keep them engaged.

Elisa Goodwin: [00:25:05] I mean, there are benefits to it. So, not discounting the value, but it is kind of, now, there’s an additional gatekeeper to that person. So, it, honestly, is a lot tougher. You can transition those skills and learn the ways to engage people and be really conscious of what triggers them and their vision trips and things like that. But it’s not as simple. I could do banking, and my team and I would be number one all day long for years. But transitioning to nonprofit, it was just a whole new game.

Mike Blake: [00:25:38] So, I want to come back to that transition, because I think that’s really important for our listeners to understand kind of what they’re getting into. And on that note, you know, when you went from corporate into nonprofit, what was that adjustment like? How long did it take for you to get adjusted? What were the hardest things for you to catch up to in order to, you know, for lack of a better term, find your stride? Elisa, yeah.

Elisa Goodwin: [00:26:11] For me, a couple of things, one – and this one’s really minor, but it’s an adjustment – how you communicate. So, when you’re in ministry, oftentimes you’ll do your closing with blessings or, you know, whatever, depending on what your mission is and what resonates for you. But I was used to sincerely in regards, right? So, suddenly I’m getting all of the kind of Christianize verbiage, you know, both in communications to partners and even in my own emails. So, that was a significant change.

Elisa Goodwin: [00:26:45] It was intimidating to be around people who had led these, at least for all intents and purposes, amazing Christian life, a lot of pastors or this and that so they had dedicated themselves. And I’m coming in, you know, divorced and just, you know, the mess that you bring with normal life and feeling like each one of them came out of the womb with a Bible in hand. So, it was a bit intimidating. And then, the adjustment of realizing that you can’t go in for a sale like you do in for-profit.

Elisa Goodwin: [00:27:19] And even hiring people, there were people that I could see that had great sales skills, but were they willing to soften them? You know, in the case of working in a Christian organization, you want to also make sure you’re praying and allowing the Holy Spirit to lead. So, all of those things to make sure those rough edges didn’t turn people away. So, there were a lot of nuances that had to be done for me and as I looked at other people to bring into the organization. But still, I would say once I got settled in after, say, a quarter, three months, I felt pretty comfortable. And the skills that I had acquired through education and experience actually really made it fairly easy to transition as long as you’re self-aware and make the adjustments.

Mike Blake: [00:28:06] So, Stan and Elisa said something that I’d like to ping you on, because I find that to be true, too. You know, nonprofits in a way can have their own language to them, can’t they? The accounting can be different. The terminology can be different. And that can be difficult to catch up to.

Stan Dawson: [00:28:28] Yes, without question. You know, for me, I think the greatest asset – that I don’t take any credit for this. It was just there in my heart – people would say to me, thinking about the transition you’re describing, “What’s it take, Stan?” The first and foremost thing that enabled me – and by the way, my first day of work, I discovered there was a $60,000 debt hanging over the organization that no one bothered to share with me when we were in the recruitment phase of the process.

Stan Dawson: [00:29:11] But I did know one thing, like Elisa, I knew that God had opened this door for me and that my passion was overwhelming. I didn’t realized it at the time, but that ended up being my greatest tool in my briefcase, because, you know, with some people, you can use the right language. You can come up with the correct bylines. But, really, what closes the deal is if the presenter has an incredible passion for what it is they’re doing. And I had that passion. Again, I don’t give myself any credit. It was just there already.

Stan Dawson: [00:29:57] But as soon as they read my passion, I had instant access to whoever it was I was presenting to. And then, once they realized that we were running Crossroads, just like they were running Chick-fil-A or whatever other organization they were corporately involved with, you know, the door got even wider for us. There’s a tremendous sense out there – and I think it’s true throughout America – of wanting to make life better for those who need a little bit of assistance. But often time, as Elisa alluded to, the puzzle gets real jumbled and you’re not sure where or how to do that. But when you come with passion, one, and, two, business savvy about the organization you’re managing, credibility becomes much easier.

Mike Blake: [00:31:07] So, Stan, I like to follow up on that. You said that when you joined, there is a $50,000 debt that wasn’t overly enthusiastically disclosed to you. Did your business background help you address that debt in a way that, maybe, would not have been as effective had you not had that background?

Stan Dawson: [00:31:36] Without question. And I wish it had been 50, but it was 60.

Mike Blake: [00:31:40] Sixty. Okay. What’s $10,000 among friends?

Stan Dawson: [00:31:45] Yeah. Not only my nonprofit experience, but the business experience running my own business there for a while, taught me how important it was to cross T’s and dot I’s. And, again, because we dealt with so much of the private sector corporate community in metro Atlanta, you know, to demonstrate that this organization was about basic business principles along with our mission, it made the task much easier.

Stan Dawson: [00:32:27] Now, again, when I discovered the $60,000 debt and what I hadn’t said so far, the population we were working with in metro Atlanta is a population that most citizens, just like in Cleveland, Ohio or L.A. or San Francisco, it’s a population that a lot of folks already have preconceived notions about. So, you can imagine – and I never thought of myself as a sales person – the amount of effort going in to having to change minds about that situation we call homelessness in America, to then turn around and ask them to get on this particular train to help make life better.

Stan Dawson: [00:33:25] But, again, to answer your question, Mike, because of my business background, that I could take that and I could marry it up to my incredible passion for what I was being asked to do. It took a while to get rid of that debt, but it turned into a win-win situation. And, thankfully, when I left the organization, its balance sheet was over a million dollars.

Mike Blake: [00:33:55] All right. Well, congratulations. Now, at least let me ask you sort of a similar question, but a little bit differently. As you joined your nonprofit and you’ve got to sell it over those three months, what skill did you learn was the most valuable? What skill did you bring to the table walking in that said maybe people said to you, “Thank goodness you know how to do this because we really need help here”?

Elisa Goodwin: [00:34:21] Gotcha. So, yeah, it’s different from the first world to the world now. So, I would say it was having that sales management experience. That and, honestly, you would think that nonprofits are just, I wouldn’t say well- managed, but they think that they’re happy places. Everyone must be happy. They love Jesus or, hopefully, with a good mission. But it doesn’t mean that’s always the case. So, part of what I brought was my positivity that I didn’t realize people so desperately wanted. And the other part was the experience in sales management that could help with philanthropy and communications.

Elisa Goodwin: [00:35:09] But then, I need to piggyback off of what Stan said, I realized the more I got involved in nonprofit, that there were a number of individuals leading departments and organizations who didn’t have the business background and it did caused issues. And so, there was a real benefit having someone with my banking finance leadership experience. It really did help fill a gap that wasn’t always being filled in a nonprofit. So, definitely that’s critical.

Elisa Goodwin: [00:35:40] And I also agree with Stan that, if you do decide to go into nonprofit, it’s good to ask a lot of really good challenging questions. Because don’t expect there to be more transparency in a nonprofit in terms of their challenges as opposed to a for-profit. Just because, you know, maybe it’s a Christian organization does not mean that they’re going to share everything that you probably should know. And so, you’ve got to ask those tough questions. Don’t make assumptions.

Mike Blake: [00:36:12] So, at least you said something that to I want to capitalize on a little bit. You know, I do think there’s a conception, there’s a bias, or even a stereotype that nonprofits are sort of happy, la vita dolce kind of places because you don’t have the pressure cooker of being on Wall Street. And as if there’s just those two extremes and nothing in between. And, you know, having been involved pretty heavily in one nonprofit in particular that was struggling, I think the morale in a nonprofit can actually be much more challenging than in an organization, especially if things aren’t going well.

Mike Blake: [00:37:02] And I say that because, you know, in a business organization, if things aren’t going well, I think you have a lot more tools available to turn things around. I, as a practice leader can say, “Well, I’m going to work harder. I’m going to sell more projects. I’m going to get more revenue in the door by cutting prices,” whatever. I’m glad John Ray is not here, he would cut me off if I said that. But whatever it takes, I have more tools available to me.

Mike Blake: [00:37:26] But with a nonprofit, when things aren’t going well, I think nonprofits have a little bit of a harder time turning things around because, first of all, the revenue cycle is so different. You know, typically, you have narrow windows of opportunity to bring in new revenue. And, also, I think because people in nonprofits, like you, they typically join nonprofit because they’re so mission driven. If they feel that mission being constrained, I think it can be very demoralizing as well. And so, I love both you and Stan to comment on that. Is it, in fact, more difficult in some cases to maintain morale inside of a nonprofit?

Elisa Goodwin: [00:38:14] Yes. I would say yes. And apologies to any nonprofits I worked for in the past, but, honestly, I would say the morale was better in my for-profit experiences than my nonprofit. And part of that was some of the clunkyness of the experience. Or even, you know, maybe a little bit more focus on the mission and a little bit less on taking care of the people.

Elisa Goodwin: [00:38:41] And, for me, my passion is to see people thrive both globally and my team. And so, we’re very holistic with the international mission. And so, I wanted to be holistic with our U.S. Team as well. So, just to share with folks who might be interested in this, we are going through a dream manager training program.

Elisa Goodwin: [00:39:04] Matthew Kelly wrote this book called Dream Manager, and it’s about really unpacking the dreams of your team, both personal and professional. And if you can help them focus on that and actually even make adjustments to your own organization culturally in policies and things where it makes sense. You know, in one case, there was a large organization that had low skilled people and they were out all the time, but it was because they couldn’t get to work. He ended up having a shuttle where people met at different hubs and then, suddenly, morale and attendance was higher. So, being more sensitive to the needs of your people in a very intentional way.

Elisa Goodwin: [00:39:39] And so, I reached out to Matthew Kelly and we were invited to go through the training. It’s a year process. And we’re going to embed it in our culture. But that’s because I feel like it’s kind of hypocritical to say, “Hey, we’re helping people in these remote, unreached areas to thrive and then not addressing the needs of our own organization.” So, I think that’s part of the rub where we get so wrapped up in the mission that maybe sometimes we forget we have a mission to the people within our U.S. Group as well. I can’t speak for everybody org, but that’s been my perception with some.

Elisa Goodwin: [00:40:11] And, hey, if you’re a nonprofit and you know you had to make these sacrifices, so what if you can’t pay your mortgage or you don’t have medical benefits, right? But then, you don’t have a thriving team and it’s going to end up playing out in production and everything else.

Mike Blake: [00:40:27] Stan, anything you’d like to add to that?

Stan Dawson: [00:40:29] Well, yes. I wouldn’t disagree with anything she said there. But when I got to Crossroads, there were several staff members with college degrees that were not totally in touch with the population we served. So, they had already reached the negative morale point, if you will. One of my first challenges was to remake the staff. There were a couple of folks that were already there that were top notch and fully empathized with the population we were working with.

Stan Dawson: [00:41:12] But I really flipped the switch at Crossroads in that I started to employ people that had come to us to receive our services, meaning formerly folks who were homeless, men and women. That was probably, in all my years, the smartest management decision I made because it made my job so much easier in that, if you’ll excuse the expression, I got rid of a whole lot of BS much sooner than if a bunch of degree people had sat down and tried to figure all that out. So, I was really fortunate.

Stan Dawson: [00:41:58] And it wasn’t that I had some kind of special training to know to do that. It just made common sense to me. And then, long term, the benefit of that is that the people that were financially supporting us really warmed up to the fact that, “Wait a minute. You had former people coming to you for service and now they’re moving into the workforce?” So, it turned into a real bonus. I didn’t anticipate that. I just did it because I thought they’ve been there. They know what it is I’m trying to raise money and resources for. So, let me listen to them about what the geography looks like.

Mike Blake: [00:42:51] So, are there any skills or abilities that you developed in business that maybe you wish you could use more? Stan, anything come to mind? Something that you don’t use as much, maybe as much as you thought of, as much as you would like to?

Stan Dawson: [00:43:14] I don’t want to sound like a broken record here – and I’ll just name it – that be it God or the Holy Spirit placed it in my life, the intangible that I keep referring to is that word passion. And so, I went to school and learned the business school, I ran a business, so I learned those skill sets. So, with that luggage in hand, the passion was already there. But I would never, never in my wildest expectations taken on a job like this without that passion, that commitment to the mission that was there. I know that sounds awfully simplistic but –

Mike Blake: [00:44:08] Well, look, I think to be fair, there’s a lot to it. My favorite business book – period. There’s no tie. There’s no close second – Start with Why by Simon Sinek. And the fundamental thesis of that book – and by the way, I have an uncomfortable man crush on Simon Sinek. My dream is to get him on this podcast. He will never come. But his core thesis, people don’t buy what you do, they buy why you do it. And that’s not just customers, but also the people that you work with.

Mike Blake: [00:44:39] And, you know, you spoke of something about how you hired and that you actually hired from your clientele, if you will. And there was a case study that either in Simon’s book – I call him Simon. He calls me who the heck are you? – or the successor book, Find Your Why, they talked about a study of actually a telemarketing firm that did fundraising for nonprofits – no. It was a hospital that did fundraising. So, they have a benevolent fund for patients, that’s what it was. And they found that simply by bringing in people to meet the telemarketers who had been helped by that program, that their effectiveness went up by something like 30 percent.

Stan Dawson: [00:45:36] Absolutely.

Mike Blake: [00:45:37] Because it just gave people a sense as to why they were doing it. It became real. So, that organization made it a point to bring in somebody who had been helped by the program once a month to talk to everybody. And that was as motivating as anybody. And in fact, an interesting thing is that, it actually turned the lower performers into the highest performers. Because they had a [inaudible] that some people that just like telemarketing. If they hadn’t done it for them, they would have done it in a boiler room someplace. And they were just going to call people to get money because that’s the way they were wired.

Mike Blake: [00:46:10] But for other people that did sort of face that call reluctance, if you will, being enrolled in a higher calling purpose or mission, all of a sudden, made them go from being the bottom performers to the top performers. So, for what it’s worth, I think that completely meshes with the empirical data that’s out there in terms of how that can be very powerful and transformative decision.

Stan Dawson: [00:46:36] It certainly worked for us.

Mike Blake: [00:46:43] We’re talking to Elisa Goodwin and Stan Dawson. And the topic is, Should I get a job with a nonprofit? And I like both your answer this, so each of you should answer it, what in your mind is the most common misconception or misunderstanding about working for a nonprofit? What do most people think working for a nonprofit is like that really isn’t true at all?

Elisa Goodwin: [00:47:13] I just recently heard a perception that, you are not going to get the same quality experience because you’ve got people in nonprofit who maybe couldn’t make the cut in for-profit. And that you’re not going to get paid what you’re worth. And I think both of those are true and not true. It just depends on the organization like anywhere else. And this is at least in a small nonprofit. And I’ve worked in small and large ones.

Elisa Goodwin: [00:47:47] In a relatively small organization, it reminds me of a small bank environment where you got to wear a lot of different hats. So, it really exposed you to a lot of areas that otherwise you may not. In a commercial bank, you’re siloed. And in a really large nonprofit, typically, you have your scope of responsibility and you don’t go beyond that typically. And so, I think it can really challenge you and allow you to see what you enjoy most and then grow on that.

Elisa Goodwin: [00:48:17] I think the disadvantage is that, in most nonprofits – I want to make sure people hear this – you will get a lot of good experience, but you won’t necessarily have a lot of time to continue to grow except in the practical application within the job. You know, one out of the five or six that I worked at really was already so solid in their infrastructure and workings that you have the space to maybe get higher education and different things. But in most of them, they oftentimes refer to it as, we’re building the plane while we’re flying it, which makes it a lot more difficult to get the additional refinement of your skills, but you will get a lot through experience.

Elisa Goodwin: [00:48:59] So, I would say from that perspective, there’s plus and minuses. And from the standpoint of salary, I think it could go either way. I see people who are overpaid in the industry and I see people who are underpaid. So, either way, I mean, it’s just hit or miss depending on where you end up working. And that’s up to you in terms of how well you vet the organizations that you choose to apply to.

Mike Blake: [00:49:27] Stan, how about you? Any misconceptions about working for a nonprofit you’d like to dispel our audience of?

Stan Dawson: [00:49:33] Well, at least in the arena I was in, in metro Atlanta, the nonprofit industry as a whole, the level of water has gone up, not down. Meaning, more and more organizations where they don’t survive are providing a living wage with decent benefits. When I got to Crossroads, there was not anything other than sort of indirectly connected health insurance policy, but that was it. But most nonprofits now that have any kind of a history, at least in the homeless arena, are paying a livable wage, have benefits, and it’s not like it was 25 years ago.

Stan Dawson: [00:50:29] Now, what I discovered at Crossroads, the other emotional side of it, all of us are human beings. We all bleed red blood. But the pressure of the arena I was in can be very intense, almost on a daily basis. So, you don’t have a ton of happy faces running around and smiling and patting each other on the back. But for those that have the passion down deep, they emotionally do just fine.

Mike Blake: [00:51:17] You know, we’re running out of time here and I want to make sure you guys can get back to serving your constituency and fulfilling your missions. But a question I did want to get to is, you know, for somebody who’s out there thinking about joining a nonprofit and moving their career into the nonprofit sector, whether temporarily or permanently, what in your mind is the biggest risk of doing that? Is there a risk to doing that? And if so, what is the biggest one in your minds?

Elisa Goodwin: [00:51:44] Well, first, they need to realize that the grass is not greener on the other side. It really is important for them to examine the whys behind what they’re thinking about doing. If it’s just because they’re not happy with the job and they have, maybe, unrealistic expectations that things are going to be rosier in a nonprofit, that’s not a good reason to do it. If, as Stan said, they’ve got a passion and they really want to invest their talents in a mission that’s going to resonate for them, that’s awesome.

Elisa Goodwin: [00:52:16] But, also, if they think that they’re not doing enough in their current job, I would challenge them to consider how to mobilize the opportunities that they do have. You know, if they’re making a lot of money, we need them. Stan and I in nonprofit, need them to fund the work and to be board members and different things.

Elisa Goodwin: [00:52:36] You know, they can be thought in, like, if you will, in their current situation, there are a lot of business leaders who are Christians who helped to empower and bless and be a light to their own corporations as well as to the business community at large. So, I would just challenge them to make sure that they’re making the decision for the right reason, because they can get that same satisfaction by continuing in a role in for-profit. But if they do decide that they want to be a part of it, I would not let them be deterred by the thought of, “Well, I’m not going to make the same amount of money.”

Elisa Goodwin: [00:53:13] I have yet to meet someone who’s going from for-profit to nonprofit who doesn’t talk about, “Well, I don’t know if I’m ready to take a pay cut.” Don’t walk in anticipating a pay cut. Do your homework, there’s a lot of data – I’d be happy to share some with you – so you can see what the typical salaries are and the ranges. Be aggressive to get what you deserve. There’s a chance not everybody is like, “Man, it’s going to take a big pay cut.” So, don’t let that deter you. But, you know, make the decision for the right reasons.

Mike Blake: [00:53:42] Stan, how about you?

Stan Dawson: [00:53:44] Elisa detailed it very well. Though I will go back, you’re going to stop calling me Stan and start calling me passion. But particularly what I was called to do, on a scale of one to ten, I’d have to measure where that passion was. Now, doing that involves a lot more than a resume. It involves a lot of building relationship with another person before you employ them. But if that passion level, because the work is too hard, is too challenging, you get slapped in the face way too many times against that backdrop. If their passion meter is not 8.5 to 10, they’re not going to last. And you’re doing them a disservice as well as the organization.

Mike Blake: [00:54:51] Stan and Elisa, this has been a great conversation. We’re running out of time and there are a lot more questions that we could have covered, but just enough time to. Would it be okay if somebody wants to contact you maybe to go deeper into a question we covered or cover a question that we didn’t? And if so, what’s the best way for them to contact you?

Elisa Goodwin: [00:55:09] For me, the best way is elisa, E-L-I-S-A, @missionhope.org.

Mike Blake: [00:55:17] Stan?

Stan Dawson: [00:55:17] And for me, it’s lowercase letters, S-A-D-6-6-7@icloud.com.

Mike Blake: [00:55:31] Okay. Well, thank you. And that’s going to wrap it up for today’s program, I’d like to thank Elisa Goodwin and Stan Passion Dawson so much for joining us today and sharing their expertise with us today.

Mike Blake: [00:55:41] We’ll be exploring a new topic each week, so please tune so that when you’re faced with your next business decision, you have clear vision when making it. If you enjoy these podcasts, please consider leaving a review with your favorite podcast aggregator. It helps people find us that we can help them. If you would like to engage with me on social media with my Chart of the Day and other content, I’m on LinkedIn as myself and @unblakeable on Facebook, Twitter, Clubhouse, and Instagram. Once again, this is Mike Blake. Our sponsor is Brady Ware & Company. And this has been the Decision Vision podcast.

 

Tagged With: Brady Ware & Company, crossroads, Crossroads Community Ministries, Elisa Goodwiin, Michael Blake, Mike Blake, Mission: Hope, Nonprofit, Nonprofit / Faith-based, Stan Dawson

  • « Previous Page
  • 1
  • …
  • 5
  • 6
  • 7
  • 8
  • 9
  • …
  • 20
  • Next Page »

Business RadioX ® Network


 

Our Most Recent Episode

CONNECT WITH US

  • Email
  • Facebook
  • LinkedIn
  • Twitter
  • YouTube

Our Mission

We help local business leaders get the word out about the important work they’re doing to serve their market, their community, and their profession.

We support and celebrate business by sharing positive business stories that traditional media ignores. Some media leans left. Some media leans right. We lean business.

Sponsor a Show

Build Relationships and Grow Your Business. Click here for more details.

Partner With Us

Discover More Here

Terms and Conditions
Privacy Policy

Connect with us

Want to keep up with the latest in pro-business news across the network? Follow us on social media for the latest stories!
  • Email
  • Facebook
  • Google+
  • LinkedIn
  • Twitter
  • YouTube

Business RadioX® Headquarters
1000 Abernathy Rd. NE
Building 400, Suite L-10
Sandy Springs, GA 30328

© 2025 Business RadioX ® · Rainmaker Platform

BRXStudioCoversLA

Wait! Don’t Miss an Episode of LA Business Radio

BRXStudioCoversDENVER

Wait! Don’t Miss an Episode of Denver Business Radio

BRXStudioCoversPENSACOLA

Wait! Don’t Miss an Episode of Pensacola Business Radio

BRXStudioCoversBIRMINGHAM

Wait! Don’t Miss an Episode of Birmingham Business Radio

BRXStudioCoversTALLAHASSEE

Wait! Don’t Miss an Episode of Tallahassee Business Radio

BRXStudioCoversRALEIGH

Wait! Don’t Miss an Episode of Raleigh Business Radio

BRXStudioCoversRICHMONDNoWhite

Wait! Don’t Miss an Episode of Richmond Business Radio

BRXStudioCoversNASHVILLENoWhite

Wait! Don’t Miss an Episode of Nashville Business Radio

BRXStudioCoversDETROIT

Wait! Don’t Miss an Episode of Detroit Business Radio

BRXStudioCoversSTLOUIS

Wait! Don’t Miss an Episode of St. Louis Business Radio

BRXStudioCoversCOLUMBUS-small

Wait! Don’t Miss an Episode of Columbus Business Radio

Coachthecoach-08-08

Wait! Don’t Miss an Episode of Coach the Coach

BRXStudioCoversBAYAREA

Wait! Don’t Miss an Episode of Bay Area Business Radio

BRXStudioCoversCHICAGO

Wait! Don’t Miss an Episode of Chicago Business Radio

Wait! Don’t Miss an Episode of Atlanta Business Radio